douglas public schoolsdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/userfiles/servers/server_132741/file... · i...

43
DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLS RETURN TO SCHOOL BLUEPRINT FINAL COPY

Upload: others

Post on 28-Sep-2020

0 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSRETURN TO SCHOOL BLUEPRINT

FINAL COPY

INTRODUCTION

Dear Douglas Educators Parents and Community Members

The 2019-2020 school year was unlike one ever before I write to present to you our plan to open

schools in September 2020 This plan is one that will need to be adapted and changed

throughout the summer and the school year but it is one that represents the most current

research best practices and information we have to date to safely bring students teachers and

staff back to school As we receive more information I will update the plan and each of you As

we have learned throughout the last 6 months we have to be flexible and adaptable

Attached in the document you will find the scientific research that DESE used to develop their

guidance information and logistics about what the school year will look like and our plan to get

students back in school One of the key driving forces of this plan was to get students and staff

back to school in a safe manner As Commissioner Riley stated ldquoPart of our responsibility as

educators administrators and parents is to do all that we can to help our children in this

difficult time As we all know there is no substitute for the attention and engagement that is

only possible with in-person learning We can mitigate the risks associated with COVID-19 for

in-person school programs and prevent the significant consequences of keeping students out of

school and isolated It will take all of us working together to make this successfulrdquo Our goal in

Douglas is to make certain that students and staff can come back to school safely

As we prepared this plan it is important to note that we have had to completely reimagine and

rethink not only how we function from an operational standpoint but also how we teach and

educate our students Things like collaborative workstations group projects small group

instruction art music and PE classes science labs are all different And these are just a few of

hundreds of changes that teachers will have to make to safely teach in September All of us in the

Douglas Public Schools take the responsibility of educating your students in a safe and

welcoming environment very seriously Please know that the decisions that we have made are

based on the guidelines from DESE the medical community and what we believe as educators

are in the best interests of students given our current landscape

This plan was developed from the guidelines set forth by DESE (June 25 2020) please click on

the link to access the full plan meetings with a community and district task force and input

from Douglas administration faculty and staff As we developed this plan we made certain that

the following was at the forefront of our decision making We wanted to make certain that the

health safety and wellness of our staff and students was paramount Our students deserve and

are entitled to a high quality education and instruction regardless of which one of the models

that we are working under All means all all students deserve equitable access to a high caliber

education We utilized all resources available to us to make certain students and staff are safe

These principles helped to guide the creation of this blueprint

I am aware that there will be more questions than answers as we roll this plan out in September

I will continue to update you on a regular basis make adjustments as we get more guidance

from DESE and take input and feedback from the community faculty and staff

Finally I want to say thank you These last few months have not been easy for you I started in

Douglas on July 1 and it has been a very busy and hectic six weeks Your patience with the

process as we prepared for the start has not gone unnoticed and is appreciated

Best

Paul D Vieira Paul D Vieira

Superintendent of Schools

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The Douglas Public Schools has formulated a plan for reopening our schools for both in-person

and remote learning opportunities We understand that flexibility to move between plans is

paramount and may very well be needed at some point this year As of today based on the data

and our analysis the Douglas Public Schools will implement a Hybrid Learning Model

The Massachusetts Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has required

school districts to outline three plans for the reopening of school

1 A plan for full in-person instruction with safety requirements

2 A plan for partial in-person instruction coupled with remote instruction (Hybrid

learning)

3 A plan for fully remote instruction

In order to determine the feasibility of conducting school under each scenario DESE required

districts to assess safety scheduling instruction and facility requirements for each of the three

plans Preliminary feasibility plans were submitted to DESE on July 31 2020

To determine the safest possible return for the students and staff of the Douglas Public Schools

we examined the various classroom configurations at each of our schools Working with building

leadership teaching staff custodial and maintenance staff and our school nurses classrooms

were set-up following the suggested organizational patterns recommended by DESE

Classrooms staged at a three-foot distance could accommodate between 24-31 students

dependent upon size and shape of the classroom At a staged distance of six feet classrooms

could accommodate between 12-18 students dependent upon size and shape of the classroom

Based on advice from the medical community and keeping students and staff safety at the

forefront of our thinking and planning the decision was made to keep desks at a 6 foot spacing

which would make in person instruction close to impossible Due to the nature of the COVID-19

pandemic and the need to keep our students staff and community safe we will initially return

students at a distance of 6 feet with safety precautions

In addition to this surveys were sent out to families and students a district and building based

task force were created and provided input and feedback staff and community forums and

Town hall meetings were held on several occasions in July and early August and working

meetings with the administrative team school committee and the DTA were held

This document outlines the three plans required by DESE We prioritize the following guiding

principles in the development of this plan

Health Safety and Well-being The safety of our students staff and community is

our top priority

Equity A commitment to ensuring all students experience success through equity and

access

High Quality Teaching and Learning Provide for excellence in teaching and

learning with high quality instruction

These guiding principles support the implementation and continued evolution of the plan

Douglas Public Schools has already made numerous investments to prepare for the successful

beginning of the school year and for all possible return to school scenarios

Every student in grades K-12 will be provided a Chromebook or an iPad to

ensure equity of access and support implementation of a one-to-one learning

environment (one machine for every individual student) In addition the district has

purchased hot spots for families with limited internet access

The district has procured safety supplies including masks for students who lose or

forget them Additionally supplies of clear masks face shields gowns gloves cleaning

supplies and hand sanitizer for each classroom and high traffic areas have been ordered

All sinks have been equipped with soap and paper towels Plexiglass barriers for the

front office staff were added

Until such time that we can transition safely back to 100 in-person learning the Douglas

Public Schools will implement a Hybrid Learning Model for K-12 students After weighing the

advantages and disadvantages of various models of learning it became clear that the Hybrid

Learning Model described in this document best meets the needs of the Douglas school

community at least for the beginning of the school year

All families must notify the District of their choice for each of their children

attending DPS no later than August 18

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and

all attached schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional

guidance from DESE

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

There were a variety of task forces created to help build this plan These included a district based

task force along with several building based task forces Their input was invaluable to us and I

am grateful for their time and input I would like to take this opportunity to thank the members

of the District Wide Task Force for their time and efforts I would also be remiss If I did not

thank the entire School Committee and Administrative Team for all their support and hard

work This was a herculean task to complete and be ready to implement in six short weeks I

thank them for everything Below is a list of our District Wide Task Force

Nealy Urquhart Assistant Superintendent of

Student Support Services

Josh Romano High School Principal

Desi Vega High School Assistant

Principal

Brian Delaney Middle School Principal

Jon Bell Elementary School Principal

Matt Aronian Dean of Students of

Elementary and Middle

School

Cindy Socha Primary School Principal

Jeff Kollett Facilities

Cortney Keegan Business Manager

Donna Sousa Technology Director

Mary Sokol Athletic Director

Caroline Fitzpatrick History Department

Chairperson

Douglas High School

Skye Bomba

Special Education Team

Chair

Lisa Ford

7th Grade ELA Teacher

Kevin Riorden HS Math teacher

Carolyn Braney HS Math teacher

Emily Costa HS ELA Dept Co-Dhair

Jon Waggenheim HS Science teacher

Emily Mayo English TeacherDepartment

Co-Chair

Karen Walcek Community Member

Jillian Carneiro Community Member

Al DeNoncour Choral Director

Julie Bertone 5th Grade teacher

Melissa Johnson

ParentPTO

Beth Bergstrom

DPAC

Donna Taylor Parent

Kathleen Campbell

Nurse leader

Melanie Brundage Nurse

Jessica Findlay

6th Grade Math Teacher

Eleanor Auger

6th Grade SS Teacher

Michelle Babigian

5th grade teacher

Kelly GravesonPayne 8th grade Science Teacher

Erica Brown

Parent

Heidi Helstrom

7th grade

Kris Blatchford

Kindergarten teacher

OUR GOAL FOR THE FALL OF 2020

Our goal for the fall is to safely bring back as many students as possible into our buildings To

that end the Douglas Public Schools will start the school year off in a 2-1-2 Hybrid Model

There is a clear consensus from both education and medical groups we must keep in mind not

only the risks associated with COVID-19 for in-person school programs but also the known

challenges and consequences of keeping students out of school While remote learning has

improved over the course of the school closures there is no substitute for in-person instruction

when it comes to the quality of studentsrsquo academic learning In-person school plays an equally

important role in our ability to support studentsrsquo social-emotional needs including their mental

and physical health and in mitigating the impacts of trauma We also recognize how disruptive

school closures have been to families trying to maintain regular work schedules and manage

household needs including childcare while also facilitating remote learning

Moreover in light of recent events and a national movement to fight for racial justice it is even

more critical that our students are able to quickly return to robust learning opportunities and a

supportive school environment through which we can engage in meaningful discussions on

anti-racism provide mental health supports and help to prepare our young people to bring

about the changes our world desperately needs

In discussions with infectious disease physicians other medical advisers and the COVID-19

Command Centerrsquos Medical Advisory Board we were heartened to learn that ndash based on current

data and research ndash the medical community supports the return of our students to in-person

learning with appropriate health and safety guardrails in place With adherence to a

comprehensive set of critical health and safety requirements we can bring our students staff

and families safely back to school

Most of us are now quite familiar with the critical health and safety practices that reduce the risk

of transmission of COVID-19 These include rigorous hygiene and handwashing use of

masksface coverings physical distancing reducing interaction between groups staying home

when sick protecting those most vulnerable to the disease and expanding testing and tracing

capabilities among others

However what can often get lost in long lists of practices is that it is not one mitigation strategy

but a combination of all these strategies taken together that will substantially reduce the risk of

transmission In other words establishing a culture of health and safety in our schools that

focuses on regularly enforcing these important practices is more important than any one

measure

With this information at the forefront of our planning we are moving forward with a 2-1-2

Hybrid Model

RECOGNIZING THE ROLE OF FAMILIES

Families in consultation with their medical providers will ultimately make the decision as to

whether their children will attend in-person instruction or whether their children will continue

with remote learning In the next few days you will receive information asking if you will be

sending your student back to school or if you will explore a District provided remote option

Families also play a critical role in supporting the new culture of health and safety that each

school must establish Most importantly families can help mitigate the transmission of

COVID-19 in their school communities by checking their children daily for any COVID-19

symptoms and keeping them home from school if they are sick or have had close contact with a

person diagnosed with COVID-19 Families can also contribute by supporting the use of masks

in school and on the bus arranging alternate transportation whenever possible communicating

with teachers school leaders and local authorities and continuing to follow state guidance on

health and safety outside of school DESE will provide further guidance and resources for

families

MEDICAL RESEARCH AND DATA

This section summarizes some of the emerging themes and implications from the medical

literature on childhood susceptibility to and transmission of COVID-19 as of mid-June 2020

Because COVID-19 is a novel disease this literature is growing rapidly and new information is

emerging almost every day Our guidance will continue to evolve as the science develops

At this time the evidence suggests schools have not played a significant role in COVID-19

transmission and that children particularly younger children are less likely than adults to be

infected with COVID-19 Furthermore if they become infected it appears children may be less

likely to transmit COVID-19 to others Based on these initial findings the health and safety

requirements throughout this guidance as well as considering the key features of school

programming at different grade spans the current evidence supports a safe in-person return to

school with implementation details varying for elementary schools (including pre-kindergarten

programs) middle schools and high schools

bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected

bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)

bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults

bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-

child or child-to adult)

HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON

LEARNING

The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to

reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in

collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from

the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American

Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the

Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available

medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA

COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health

experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning

outlined in this section

At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of

schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required

practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable

As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity

through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected

person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in

combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning

frequently touched surfaces

Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or

face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings

protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent

retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission

especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face

masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and

community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are

requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their

children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a

mask the school will provide one to them

What follows is some additional information on mask coverings

Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings

Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is

not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety

factors

Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can

be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open

Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks

should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable

masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts

and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford

masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant

funds the district has available to them

Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus

transportation

Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be

especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and

hard of hearing and their teachers

Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it

pertains to mask coverings in school

Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate

transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical

distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states

approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that

physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance

providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China

keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of

transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health

advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot

recommendation

Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows

Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19

Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of

six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should

seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and

operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule

Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six

feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance

between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in

the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used

Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff

supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible

These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a

maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or

washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the

individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids

Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the

event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the

same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety

In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement

Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While

handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60

percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not

available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly

soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as

follows

bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)

upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before

dismissal

bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all

surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly

and dry with an individual disposable towel

bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent

ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be

applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of

rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key

locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)

COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools

must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms

We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or

other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms

during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related

isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely

discharge students will be provided in future guidance

SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS

In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools

will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The

information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted

and modified throughout

Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached

is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have

assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what

seating will need to look like on the bus

Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are

staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations

guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public

Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols

Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in

community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed

Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread

of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus

The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY

HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do

not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home

Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed

Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff

should monitor themselves

Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills

Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)

Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath

New loss of taste or smell

Sore throat

Headache when in combination with other symptoms

Muscle aches or body aches

Nausea vomiting or diarrhea

Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms

Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in

combination with other symptoms

If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19

infection prior to returning to school

Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread

of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical

distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this

Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families

regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that

families have accurate and up to date information

Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of

all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times

FOOD SERVICES

The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning

remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students

The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the

cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing

with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the

classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style

All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day

Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class

per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available

The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be

offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social

distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available

The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a

weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom

Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change

Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be

picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will

be provided to students at all schools

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Special Education Supports

In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with

general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)

paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education

services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they

occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school

closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP

services

The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our

students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities

and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services

Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote

opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive

substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that

participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive

support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services

will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the

instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing

requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter

classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be

held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue

to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations

Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much

in-person instruction as is safely possible

Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to

evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of

performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression

post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP

document if necessary

In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations

Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we

further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts

Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the

most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person

instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE

recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction

Students with multiple disabilities

Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their

successful reentry to school in the fall

Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low

If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person

instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As

always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of

students and families especially within the remote learning environment

A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as

SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person

instruction

In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote

learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online

platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist

and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place

Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as

dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect

in-person instruction

Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day

supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students

remote asynchronous support

Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas

IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a

building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians

Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing

in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents

staff and the Board of Health guidelines

Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information

will be shared as soon as it is available

In-Person Services vs Remote Services

In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate

the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational

Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest

and most appropriate

To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to

provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in

the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All

Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of

teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)

Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and

equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided

Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous

teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be

delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed

to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the

ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person

and teletherapies as required

Districtwide Special Education Programs

The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific

learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be

invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided

via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure

the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible

The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based

learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities

however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some

mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas

Middle School at this time

The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or

other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation

perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may

or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four

buildings across the district at the time

The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental

delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The

students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in

language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The

STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches

(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is

located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time

The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent

living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services

ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of

the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible

including securing competitive integrated employment

Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program

The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many

cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special

education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their

IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy

Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when

children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see

the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of

preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while

keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional

learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning

activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If

another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and

safe in-person instruction

REOPENING PLANS

PRIMARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the

social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a

variety of resources

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Primary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival

830-915

Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 2: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

INTRODUCTION

Dear Douglas Educators Parents and Community Members

The 2019-2020 school year was unlike one ever before I write to present to you our plan to open

schools in September 2020 This plan is one that will need to be adapted and changed

throughout the summer and the school year but it is one that represents the most current

research best practices and information we have to date to safely bring students teachers and

staff back to school As we receive more information I will update the plan and each of you As

we have learned throughout the last 6 months we have to be flexible and adaptable

Attached in the document you will find the scientific research that DESE used to develop their

guidance information and logistics about what the school year will look like and our plan to get

students back in school One of the key driving forces of this plan was to get students and staff

back to school in a safe manner As Commissioner Riley stated ldquoPart of our responsibility as

educators administrators and parents is to do all that we can to help our children in this

difficult time As we all know there is no substitute for the attention and engagement that is

only possible with in-person learning We can mitigate the risks associated with COVID-19 for

in-person school programs and prevent the significant consequences of keeping students out of

school and isolated It will take all of us working together to make this successfulrdquo Our goal in

Douglas is to make certain that students and staff can come back to school safely

As we prepared this plan it is important to note that we have had to completely reimagine and

rethink not only how we function from an operational standpoint but also how we teach and

educate our students Things like collaborative workstations group projects small group

instruction art music and PE classes science labs are all different And these are just a few of

hundreds of changes that teachers will have to make to safely teach in September All of us in the

Douglas Public Schools take the responsibility of educating your students in a safe and

welcoming environment very seriously Please know that the decisions that we have made are

based on the guidelines from DESE the medical community and what we believe as educators

are in the best interests of students given our current landscape

This plan was developed from the guidelines set forth by DESE (June 25 2020) please click on

the link to access the full plan meetings with a community and district task force and input

from Douglas administration faculty and staff As we developed this plan we made certain that

the following was at the forefront of our decision making We wanted to make certain that the

health safety and wellness of our staff and students was paramount Our students deserve and

are entitled to a high quality education and instruction regardless of which one of the models

that we are working under All means all all students deserve equitable access to a high caliber

education We utilized all resources available to us to make certain students and staff are safe

These principles helped to guide the creation of this blueprint

I am aware that there will be more questions than answers as we roll this plan out in September

I will continue to update you on a regular basis make adjustments as we get more guidance

from DESE and take input and feedback from the community faculty and staff

Finally I want to say thank you These last few months have not been easy for you I started in

Douglas on July 1 and it has been a very busy and hectic six weeks Your patience with the

process as we prepared for the start has not gone unnoticed and is appreciated

Best

Paul D Vieira Paul D Vieira

Superintendent of Schools

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The Douglas Public Schools has formulated a plan for reopening our schools for both in-person

and remote learning opportunities We understand that flexibility to move between plans is

paramount and may very well be needed at some point this year As of today based on the data

and our analysis the Douglas Public Schools will implement a Hybrid Learning Model

The Massachusetts Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has required

school districts to outline three plans for the reopening of school

1 A plan for full in-person instruction with safety requirements

2 A plan for partial in-person instruction coupled with remote instruction (Hybrid

learning)

3 A plan for fully remote instruction

In order to determine the feasibility of conducting school under each scenario DESE required

districts to assess safety scheduling instruction and facility requirements for each of the three

plans Preliminary feasibility plans were submitted to DESE on July 31 2020

To determine the safest possible return for the students and staff of the Douglas Public Schools

we examined the various classroom configurations at each of our schools Working with building

leadership teaching staff custodial and maintenance staff and our school nurses classrooms

were set-up following the suggested organizational patterns recommended by DESE

Classrooms staged at a three-foot distance could accommodate between 24-31 students

dependent upon size and shape of the classroom At a staged distance of six feet classrooms

could accommodate between 12-18 students dependent upon size and shape of the classroom

Based on advice from the medical community and keeping students and staff safety at the

forefront of our thinking and planning the decision was made to keep desks at a 6 foot spacing

which would make in person instruction close to impossible Due to the nature of the COVID-19

pandemic and the need to keep our students staff and community safe we will initially return

students at a distance of 6 feet with safety precautions

In addition to this surveys were sent out to families and students a district and building based

task force were created and provided input and feedback staff and community forums and

Town hall meetings were held on several occasions in July and early August and working

meetings with the administrative team school committee and the DTA were held

This document outlines the three plans required by DESE We prioritize the following guiding

principles in the development of this plan

Health Safety and Well-being The safety of our students staff and community is

our top priority

Equity A commitment to ensuring all students experience success through equity and

access

High Quality Teaching and Learning Provide for excellence in teaching and

learning with high quality instruction

These guiding principles support the implementation and continued evolution of the plan

Douglas Public Schools has already made numerous investments to prepare for the successful

beginning of the school year and for all possible return to school scenarios

Every student in grades K-12 will be provided a Chromebook or an iPad to

ensure equity of access and support implementation of a one-to-one learning

environment (one machine for every individual student) In addition the district has

purchased hot spots for families with limited internet access

The district has procured safety supplies including masks for students who lose or

forget them Additionally supplies of clear masks face shields gowns gloves cleaning

supplies and hand sanitizer for each classroom and high traffic areas have been ordered

All sinks have been equipped with soap and paper towels Plexiglass barriers for the

front office staff were added

Until such time that we can transition safely back to 100 in-person learning the Douglas

Public Schools will implement a Hybrid Learning Model for K-12 students After weighing the

advantages and disadvantages of various models of learning it became clear that the Hybrid

Learning Model described in this document best meets the needs of the Douglas school

community at least for the beginning of the school year

All families must notify the District of their choice for each of their children

attending DPS no later than August 18

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and

all attached schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional

guidance from DESE

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

There were a variety of task forces created to help build this plan These included a district based

task force along with several building based task forces Their input was invaluable to us and I

am grateful for their time and input I would like to take this opportunity to thank the members

of the District Wide Task Force for their time and efforts I would also be remiss If I did not

thank the entire School Committee and Administrative Team for all their support and hard

work This was a herculean task to complete and be ready to implement in six short weeks I

thank them for everything Below is a list of our District Wide Task Force

Nealy Urquhart Assistant Superintendent of

Student Support Services

Josh Romano High School Principal

Desi Vega High School Assistant

Principal

Brian Delaney Middle School Principal

Jon Bell Elementary School Principal

Matt Aronian Dean of Students of

Elementary and Middle

School

Cindy Socha Primary School Principal

Jeff Kollett Facilities

Cortney Keegan Business Manager

Donna Sousa Technology Director

Mary Sokol Athletic Director

Caroline Fitzpatrick History Department

Chairperson

Douglas High School

Skye Bomba

Special Education Team

Chair

Lisa Ford

7th Grade ELA Teacher

Kevin Riorden HS Math teacher

Carolyn Braney HS Math teacher

Emily Costa HS ELA Dept Co-Dhair

Jon Waggenheim HS Science teacher

Emily Mayo English TeacherDepartment

Co-Chair

Karen Walcek Community Member

Jillian Carneiro Community Member

Al DeNoncour Choral Director

Julie Bertone 5th Grade teacher

Melissa Johnson

ParentPTO

Beth Bergstrom

DPAC

Donna Taylor Parent

Kathleen Campbell

Nurse leader

Melanie Brundage Nurse

Jessica Findlay

6th Grade Math Teacher

Eleanor Auger

6th Grade SS Teacher

Michelle Babigian

5th grade teacher

Kelly GravesonPayne 8th grade Science Teacher

Erica Brown

Parent

Heidi Helstrom

7th grade

Kris Blatchford

Kindergarten teacher

OUR GOAL FOR THE FALL OF 2020

Our goal for the fall is to safely bring back as many students as possible into our buildings To

that end the Douglas Public Schools will start the school year off in a 2-1-2 Hybrid Model

There is a clear consensus from both education and medical groups we must keep in mind not

only the risks associated with COVID-19 for in-person school programs but also the known

challenges and consequences of keeping students out of school While remote learning has

improved over the course of the school closures there is no substitute for in-person instruction

when it comes to the quality of studentsrsquo academic learning In-person school plays an equally

important role in our ability to support studentsrsquo social-emotional needs including their mental

and physical health and in mitigating the impacts of trauma We also recognize how disruptive

school closures have been to families trying to maintain regular work schedules and manage

household needs including childcare while also facilitating remote learning

Moreover in light of recent events and a national movement to fight for racial justice it is even

more critical that our students are able to quickly return to robust learning opportunities and a

supportive school environment through which we can engage in meaningful discussions on

anti-racism provide mental health supports and help to prepare our young people to bring

about the changes our world desperately needs

In discussions with infectious disease physicians other medical advisers and the COVID-19

Command Centerrsquos Medical Advisory Board we were heartened to learn that ndash based on current

data and research ndash the medical community supports the return of our students to in-person

learning with appropriate health and safety guardrails in place With adherence to a

comprehensive set of critical health and safety requirements we can bring our students staff

and families safely back to school

Most of us are now quite familiar with the critical health and safety practices that reduce the risk

of transmission of COVID-19 These include rigorous hygiene and handwashing use of

masksface coverings physical distancing reducing interaction between groups staying home

when sick protecting those most vulnerable to the disease and expanding testing and tracing

capabilities among others

However what can often get lost in long lists of practices is that it is not one mitigation strategy

but a combination of all these strategies taken together that will substantially reduce the risk of

transmission In other words establishing a culture of health and safety in our schools that

focuses on regularly enforcing these important practices is more important than any one

measure

With this information at the forefront of our planning we are moving forward with a 2-1-2

Hybrid Model

RECOGNIZING THE ROLE OF FAMILIES

Families in consultation with their medical providers will ultimately make the decision as to

whether their children will attend in-person instruction or whether their children will continue

with remote learning In the next few days you will receive information asking if you will be

sending your student back to school or if you will explore a District provided remote option

Families also play a critical role in supporting the new culture of health and safety that each

school must establish Most importantly families can help mitigate the transmission of

COVID-19 in their school communities by checking their children daily for any COVID-19

symptoms and keeping them home from school if they are sick or have had close contact with a

person diagnosed with COVID-19 Families can also contribute by supporting the use of masks

in school and on the bus arranging alternate transportation whenever possible communicating

with teachers school leaders and local authorities and continuing to follow state guidance on

health and safety outside of school DESE will provide further guidance and resources for

families

MEDICAL RESEARCH AND DATA

This section summarizes some of the emerging themes and implications from the medical

literature on childhood susceptibility to and transmission of COVID-19 as of mid-June 2020

Because COVID-19 is a novel disease this literature is growing rapidly and new information is

emerging almost every day Our guidance will continue to evolve as the science develops

At this time the evidence suggests schools have not played a significant role in COVID-19

transmission and that children particularly younger children are less likely than adults to be

infected with COVID-19 Furthermore if they become infected it appears children may be less

likely to transmit COVID-19 to others Based on these initial findings the health and safety

requirements throughout this guidance as well as considering the key features of school

programming at different grade spans the current evidence supports a safe in-person return to

school with implementation details varying for elementary schools (including pre-kindergarten

programs) middle schools and high schools

bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected

bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)

bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults

bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-

child or child-to adult)

HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON

LEARNING

The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to

reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in

collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from

the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American

Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the

Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available

medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA

COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health

experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning

outlined in this section

At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of

schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required

practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable

As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity

through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected

person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in

combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning

frequently touched surfaces

Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or

face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings

protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent

retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission

especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face

masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and

community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are

requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their

children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a

mask the school will provide one to them

What follows is some additional information on mask coverings

Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings

Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is

not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety

factors

Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can

be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open

Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks

should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable

masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts

and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford

masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant

funds the district has available to them

Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus

transportation

Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be

especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and

hard of hearing and their teachers

Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it

pertains to mask coverings in school

Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate

transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical

distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states

approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that

physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance

providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China

keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of

transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health

advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot

recommendation

Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows

Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19

Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of

six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should

seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and

operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule

Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six

feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance

between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in

the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used

Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff

supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible

These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a

maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or

washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the

individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids

Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the

event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the

same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety

In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement

Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While

handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60

percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not

available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly

soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as

follows

bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)

upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before

dismissal

bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all

surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly

and dry with an individual disposable towel

bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent

ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be

applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of

rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key

locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)

COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools

must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms

We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or

other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms

during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related

isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely

discharge students will be provided in future guidance

SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS

In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools

will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The

information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted

and modified throughout

Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached

is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have

assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what

seating will need to look like on the bus

Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are

staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations

guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public

Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols

Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in

community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed

Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread

of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus

The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY

HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do

not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home

Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed

Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff

should monitor themselves

Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills

Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)

Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath

New loss of taste or smell

Sore throat

Headache when in combination with other symptoms

Muscle aches or body aches

Nausea vomiting or diarrhea

Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms

Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in

combination with other symptoms

If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19

infection prior to returning to school

Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread

of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical

distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this

Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families

regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that

families have accurate and up to date information

Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of

all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times

FOOD SERVICES

The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning

remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students

The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the

cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing

with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the

classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style

All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day

Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class

per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available

The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be

offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social

distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available

The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a

weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom

Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change

Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be

picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will

be provided to students at all schools

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Special Education Supports

In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with

general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)

paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education

services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they

occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school

closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP

services

The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our

students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities

and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services

Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote

opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive

substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that

participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive

support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services

will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the

instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing

requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter

classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be

held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue

to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations

Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much

in-person instruction as is safely possible

Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to

evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of

performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression

post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP

document if necessary

In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations

Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we

further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts

Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the

most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person

instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE

recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction

Students with multiple disabilities

Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their

successful reentry to school in the fall

Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low

If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person

instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As

always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of

students and families especially within the remote learning environment

A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as

SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person

instruction

In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote

learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online

platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist

and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place

Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as

dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect

in-person instruction

Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day

supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students

remote asynchronous support

Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas

IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a

building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians

Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing

in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents

staff and the Board of Health guidelines

Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information

will be shared as soon as it is available

In-Person Services vs Remote Services

In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate

the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational

Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest

and most appropriate

To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to

provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in

the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All

Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of

teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)

Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and

equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided

Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous

teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be

delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed

to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the

ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person

and teletherapies as required

Districtwide Special Education Programs

The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific

learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be

invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided

via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure

the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible

The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based

learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities

however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some

mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas

Middle School at this time

The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or

other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation

perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may

or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four

buildings across the district at the time

The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental

delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The

students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in

language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The

STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches

(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is

located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time

The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent

living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services

ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of

the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible

including securing competitive integrated employment

Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program

The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many

cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special

education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their

IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy

Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when

children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see

the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of

preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while

keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional

learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning

activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If

another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and

safe in-person instruction

REOPENING PLANS

PRIMARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the

social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a

variety of resources

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Primary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival

830-915

Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 3: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

I am aware that there will be more questions than answers as we roll this plan out in September

I will continue to update you on a regular basis make adjustments as we get more guidance

from DESE and take input and feedback from the community faculty and staff

Finally I want to say thank you These last few months have not been easy for you I started in

Douglas on July 1 and it has been a very busy and hectic six weeks Your patience with the

process as we prepared for the start has not gone unnoticed and is appreciated

Best

Paul D Vieira Paul D Vieira

Superintendent of Schools

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The Douglas Public Schools has formulated a plan for reopening our schools for both in-person

and remote learning opportunities We understand that flexibility to move between plans is

paramount and may very well be needed at some point this year As of today based on the data

and our analysis the Douglas Public Schools will implement a Hybrid Learning Model

The Massachusetts Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has required

school districts to outline three plans for the reopening of school

1 A plan for full in-person instruction with safety requirements

2 A plan for partial in-person instruction coupled with remote instruction (Hybrid

learning)

3 A plan for fully remote instruction

In order to determine the feasibility of conducting school under each scenario DESE required

districts to assess safety scheduling instruction and facility requirements for each of the three

plans Preliminary feasibility plans were submitted to DESE on July 31 2020

To determine the safest possible return for the students and staff of the Douglas Public Schools

we examined the various classroom configurations at each of our schools Working with building

leadership teaching staff custodial and maintenance staff and our school nurses classrooms

were set-up following the suggested organizational patterns recommended by DESE

Classrooms staged at a three-foot distance could accommodate between 24-31 students

dependent upon size and shape of the classroom At a staged distance of six feet classrooms

could accommodate between 12-18 students dependent upon size and shape of the classroom

Based on advice from the medical community and keeping students and staff safety at the

forefront of our thinking and planning the decision was made to keep desks at a 6 foot spacing

which would make in person instruction close to impossible Due to the nature of the COVID-19

pandemic and the need to keep our students staff and community safe we will initially return

students at a distance of 6 feet with safety precautions

In addition to this surveys were sent out to families and students a district and building based

task force were created and provided input and feedback staff and community forums and

Town hall meetings were held on several occasions in July and early August and working

meetings with the administrative team school committee and the DTA were held

This document outlines the three plans required by DESE We prioritize the following guiding

principles in the development of this plan

Health Safety and Well-being The safety of our students staff and community is

our top priority

Equity A commitment to ensuring all students experience success through equity and

access

High Quality Teaching and Learning Provide for excellence in teaching and

learning with high quality instruction

These guiding principles support the implementation and continued evolution of the plan

Douglas Public Schools has already made numerous investments to prepare for the successful

beginning of the school year and for all possible return to school scenarios

Every student in grades K-12 will be provided a Chromebook or an iPad to

ensure equity of access and support implementation of a one-to-one learning

environment (one machine for every individual student) In addition the district has

purchased hot spots for families with limited internet access

The district has procured safety supplies including masks for students who lose or

forget them Additionally supplies of clear masks face shields gowns gloves cleaning

supplies and hand sanitizer for each classroom and high traffic areas have been ordered

All sinks have been equipped with soap and paper towels Plexiglass barriers for the

front office staff were added

Until such time that we can transition safely back to 100 in-person learning the Douglas

Public Schools will implement a Hybrid Learning Model for K-12 students After weighing the

advantages and disadvantages of various models of learning it became clear that the Hybrid

Learning Model described in this document best meets the needs of the Douglas school

community at least for the beginning of the school year

All families must notify the District of their choice for each of their children

attending DPS no later than August 18

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and

all attached schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional

guidance from DESE

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

There were a variety of task forces created to help build this plan These included a district based

task force along with several building based task forces Their input was invaluable to us and I

am grateful for their time and input I would like to take this opportunity to thank the members

of the District Wide Task Force for their time and efforts I would also be remiss If I did not

thank the entire School Committee and Administrative Team for all their support and hard

work This was a herculean task to complete and be ready to implement in six short weeks I

thank them for everything Below is a list of our District Wide Task Force

Nealy Urquhart Assistant Superintendent of

Student Support Services

Josh Romano High School Principal

Desi Vega High School Assistant

Principal

Brian Delaney Middle School Principal

Jon Bell Elementary School Principal

Matt Aronian Dean of Students of

Elementary and Middle

School

Cindy Socha Primary School Principal

Jeff Kollett Facilities

Cortney Keegan Business Manager

Donna Sousa Technology Director

Mary Sokol Athletic Director

Caroline Fitzpatrick History Department

Chairperson

Douglas High School

Skye Bomba

Special Education Team

Chair

Lisa Ford

7th Grade ELA Teacher

Kevin Riorden HS Math teacher

Carolyn Braney HS Math teacher

Emily Costa HS ELA Dept Co-Dhair

Jon Waggenheim HS Science teacher

Emily Mayo English TeacherDepartment

Co-Chair

Karen Walcek Community Member

Jillian Carneiro Community Member

Al DeNoncour Choral Director

Julie Bertone 5th Grade teacher

Melissa Johnson

ParentPTO

Beth Bergstrom

DPAC

Donna Taylor Parent

Kathleen Campbell

Nurse leader

Melanie Brundage Nurse

Jessica Findlay

6th Grade Math Teacher

Eleanor Auger

6th Grade SS Teacher

Michelle Babigian

5th grade teacher

Kelly GravesonPayne 8th grade Science Teacher

Erica Brown

Parent

Heidi Helstrom

7th grade

Kris Blatchford

Kindergarten teacher

OUR GOAL FOR THE FALL OF 2020

Our goal for the fall is to safely bring back as many students as possible into our buildings To

that end the Douglas Public Schools will start the school year off in a 2-1-2 Hybrid Model

There is a clear consensus from both education and medical groups we must keep in mind not

only the risks associated with COVID-19 for in-person school programs but also the known

challenges and consequences of keeping students out of school While remote learning has

improved over the course of the school closures there is no substitute for in-person instruction

when it comes to the quality of studentsrsquo academic learning In-person school plays an equally

important role in our ability to support studentsrsquo social-emotional needs including their mental

and physical health and in mitigating the impacts of trauma We also recognize how disruptive

school closures have been to families trying to maintain regular work schedules and manage

household needs including childcare while also facilitating remote learning

Moreover in light of recent events and a national movement to fight for racial justice it is even

more critical that our students are able to quickly return to robust learning opportunities and a

supportive school environment through which we can engage in meaningful discussions on

anti-racism provide mental health supports and help to prepare our young people to bring

about the changes our world desperately needs

In discussions with infectious disease physicians other medical advisers and the COVID-19

Command Centerrsquos Medical Advisory Board we were heartened to learn that ndash based on current

data and research ndash the medical community supports the return of our students to in-person

learning with appropriate health and safety guardrails in place With adherence to a

comprehensive set of critical health and safety requirements we can bring our students staff

and families safely back to school

Most of us are now quite familiar with the critical health and safety practices that reduce the risk

of transmission of COVID-19 These include rigorous hygiene and handwashing use of

masksface coverings physical distancing reducing interaction between groups staying home

when sick protecting those most vulnerable to the disease and expanding testing and tracing

capabilities among others

However what can often get lost in long lists of practices is that it is not one mitigation strategy

but a combination of all these strategies taken together that will substantially reduce the risk of

transmission In other words establishing a culture of health and safety in our schools that

focuses on regularly enforcing these important practices is more important than any one

measure

With this information at the forefront of our planning we are moving forward with a 2-1-2

Hybrid Model

RECOGNIZING THE ROLE OF FAMILIES

Families in consultation with their medical providers will ultimately make the decision as to

whether their children will attend in-person instruction or whether their children will continue

with remote learning In the next few days you will receive information asking if you will be

sending your student back to school or if you will explore a District provided remote option

Families also play a critical role in supporting the new culture of health and safety that each

school must establish Most importantly families can help mitigate the transmission of

COVID-19 in their school communities by checking their children daily for any COVID-19

symptoms and keeping them home from school if they are sick or have had close contact with a

person diagnosed with COVID-19 Families can also contribute by supporting the use of masks

in school and on the bus arranging alternate transportation whenever possible communicating

with teachers school leaders and local authorities and continuing to follow state guidance on

health and safety outside of school DESE will provide further guidance and resources for

families

MEDICAL RESEARCH AND DATA

This section summarizes some of the emerging themes and implications from the medical

literature on childhood susceptibility to and transmission of COVID-19 as of mid-June 2020

Because COVID-19 is a novel disease this literature is growing rapidly and new information is

emerging almost every day Our guidance will continue to evolve as the science develops

At this time the evidence suggests schools have not played a significant role in COVID-19

transmission and that children particularly younger children are less likely than adults to be

infected with COVID-19 Furthermore if they become infected it appears children may be less

likely to transmit COVID-19 to others Based on these initial findings the health and safety

requirements throughout this guidance as well as considering the key features of school

programming at different grade spans the current evidence supports a safe in-person return to

school with implementation details varying for elementary schools (including pre-kindergarten

programs) middle schools and high schools

bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected

bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)

bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults

bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-

child or child-to adult)

HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON

LEARNING

The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to

reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in

collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from

the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American

Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the

Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available

medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA

COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health

experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning

outlined in this section

At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of

schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required

practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable

As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity

through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected

person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in

combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning

frequently touched surfaces

Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or

face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings

protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent

retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission

especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face

masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and

community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are

requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their

children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a

mask the school will provide one to them

What follows is some additional information on mask coverings

Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings

Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is

not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety

factors

Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can

be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open

Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks

should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable

masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts

and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford

masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant

funds the district has available to them

Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus

transportation

Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be

especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and

hard of hearing and their teachers

Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it

pertains to mask coverings in school

Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate

transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical

distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states

approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that

physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance

providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China

keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of

transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health

advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot

recommendation

Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows

Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19

Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of

six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should

seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and

operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule

Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six

feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance

between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in

the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used

Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff

supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible

These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a

maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or

washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the

individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids

Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the

event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the

same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety

In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement

Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While

handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60

percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not

available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly

soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as

follows

bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)

upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before

dismissal

bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all

surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly

and dry with an individual disposable towel

bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent

ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be

applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of

rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key

locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)

COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools

must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms

We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or

other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms

during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related

isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely

discharge students will be provided in future guidance

SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS

In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools

will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The

information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted

and modified throughout

Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached

is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have

assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what

seating will need to look like on the bus

Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are

staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations

guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public

Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols

Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in

community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed

Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread

of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus

The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY

HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do

not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home

Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed

Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff

should monitor themselves

Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills

Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)

Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath

New loss of taste or smell

Sore throat

Headache when in combination with other symptoms

Muscle aches or body aches

Nausea vomiting or diarrhea

Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms

Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in

combination with other symptoms

If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19

infection prior to returning to school

Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread

of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical

distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this

Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families

regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that

families have accurate and up to date information

Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of

all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times

FOOD SERVICES

The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning

remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students

The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the

cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing

with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the

classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style

All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day

Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class

per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available

The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be

offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social

distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available

The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a

weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom

Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change

Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be

picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will

be provided to students at all schools

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Special Education Supports

In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with

general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)

paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education

services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they

occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school

closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP

services

The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our

students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities

and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services

Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote

opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive

substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that

participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive

support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services

will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the

instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing

requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter

classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be

held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue

to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations

Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much

in-person instruction as is safely possible

Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to

evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of

performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression

post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP

document if necessary

In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations

Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we

further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts

Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the

most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person

instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE

recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction

Students with multiple disabilities

Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their

successful reentry to school in the fall

Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low

If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person

instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As

always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of

students and families especially within the remote learning environment

A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as

SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person

instruction

In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote

learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online

platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist

and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place

Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as

dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect

in-person instruction

Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day

supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students

remote asynchronous support

Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas

IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a

building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians

Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing

in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents

staff and the Board of Health guidelines

Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information

will be shared as soon as it is available

In-Person Services vs Remote Services

In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate

the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational

Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest

and most appropriate

To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to

provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in

the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All

Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of

teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)

Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and

equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided

Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous

teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be

delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed

to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the

ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person

and teletherapies as required

Districtwide Special Education Programs

The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific

learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be

invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided

via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure

the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible

The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based

learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities

however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some

mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas

Middle School at this time

The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or

other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation

perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may

or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four

buildings across the district at the time

The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental

delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The

students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in

language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The

STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches

(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is

located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time

The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent

living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services

ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of

the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible

including securing competitive integrated employment

Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program

The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many

cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special

education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their

IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy

Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when

children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see

the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of

preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while

keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional

learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning

activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If

another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and

safe in-person instruction

REOPENING PLANS

PRIMARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the

social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a

variety of resources

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Primary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival

830-915

Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 4: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The Douglas Public Schools has formulated a plan for reopening our schools for both in-person

and remote learning opportunities We understand that flexibility to move between plans is

paramount and may very well be needed at some point this year As of today based on the data

and our analysis the Douglas Public Schools will implement a Hybrid Learning Model

The Massachusetts Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has required

school districts to outline three plans for the reopening of school

1 A plan for full in-person instruction with safety requirements

2 A plan for partial in-person instruction coupled with remote instruction (Hybrid

learning)

3 A plan for fully remote instruction

In order to determine the feasibility of conducting school under each scenario DESE required

districts to assess safety scheduling instruction and facility requirements for each of the three

plans Preliminary feasibility plans were submitted to DESE on July 31 2020

To determine the safest possible return for the students and staff of the Douglas Public Schools

we examined the various classroom configurations at each of our schools Working with building

leadership teaching staff custodial and maintenance staff and our school nurses classrooms

were set-up following the suggested organizational patterns recommended by DESE

Classrooms staged at a three-foot distance could accommodate between 24-31 students

dependent upon size and shape of the classroom At a staged distance of six feet classrooms

could accommodate between 12-18 students dependent upon size and shape of the classroom

Based on advice from the medical community and keeping students and staff safety at the

forefront of our thinking and planning the decision was made to keep desks at a 6 foot spacing

which would make in person instruction close to impossible Due to the nature of the COVID-19

pandemic and the need to keep our students staff and community safe we will initially return

students at a distance of 6 feet with safety precautions

In addition to this surveys were sent out to families and students a district and building based

task force were created and provided input and feedback staff and community forums and

Town hall meetings were held on several occasions in July and early August and working

meetings with the administrative team school committee and the DTA were held

This document outlines the three plans required by DESE We prioritize the following guiding

principles in the development of this plan

Health Safety and Well-being The safety of our students staff and community is

our top priority

Equity A commitment to ensuring all students experience success through equity and

access

High Quality Teaching and Learning Provide for excellence in teaching and

learning with high quality instruction

These guiding principles support the implementation and continued evolution of the plan

Douglas Public Schools has already made numerous investments to prepare for the successful

beginning of the school year and for all possible return to school scenarios

Every student in grades K-12 will be provided a Chromebook or an iPad to

ensure equity of access and support implementation of a one-to-one learning

environment (one machine for every individual student) In addition the district has

purchased hot spots for families with limited internet access

The district has procured safety supplies including masks for students who lose or

forget them Additionally supplies of clear masks face shields gowns gloves cleaning

supplies and hand sanitizer for each classroom and high traffic areas have been ordered

All sinks have been equipped with soap and paper towels Plexiglass barriers for the

front office staff were added

Until such time that we can transition safely back to 100 in-person learning the Douglas

Public Schools will implement a Hybrid Learning Model for K-12 students After weighing the

advantages and disadvantages of various models of learning it became clear that the Hybrid

Learning Model described in this document best meets the needs of the Douglas school

community at least for the beginning of the school year

All families must notify the District of their choice for each of their children

attending DPS no later than August 18

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and

all attached schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional

guidance from DESE

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

There were a variety of task forces created to help build this plan These included a district based

task force along with several building based task forces Their input was invaluable to us and I

am grateful for their time and input I would like to take this opportunity to thank the members

of the District Wide Task Force for their time and efforts I would also be remiss If I did not

thank the entire School Committee and Administrative Team for all their support and hard

work This was a herculean task to complete and be ready to implement in six short weeks I

thank them for everything Below is a list of our District Wide Task Force

Nealy Urquhart Assistant Superintendent of

Student Support Services

Josh Romano High School Principal

Desi Vega High School Assistant

Principal

Brian Delaney Middle School Principal

Jon Bell Elementary School Principal

Matt Aronian Dean of Students of

Elementary and Middle

School

Cindy Socha Primary School Principal

Jeff Kollett Facilities

Cortney Keegan Business Manager

Donna Sousa Technology Director

Mary Sokol Athletic Director

Caroline Fitzpatrick History Department

Chairperson

Douglas High School

Skye Bomba

Special Education Team

Chair

Lisa Ford

7th Grade ELA Teacher

Kevin Riorden HS Math teacher

Carolyn Braney HS Math teacher

Emily Costa HS ELA Dept Co-Dhair

Jon Waggenheim HS Science teacher

Emily Mayo English TeacherDepartment

Co-Chair

Karen Walcek Community Member

Jillian Carneiro Community Member

Al DeNoncour Choral Director

Julie Bertone 5th Grade teacher

Melissa Johnson

ParentPTO

Beth Bergstrom

DPAC

Donna Taylor Parent

Kathleen Campbell

Nurse leader

Melanie Brundage Nurse

Jessica Findlay

6th Grade Math Teacher

Eleanor Auger

6th Grade SS Teacher

Michelle Babigian

5th grade teacher

Kelly GravesonPayne 8th grade Science Teacher

Erica Brown

Parent

Heidi Helstrom

7th grade

Kris Blatchford

Kindergarten teacher

OUR GOAL FOR THE FALL OF 2020

Our goal for the fall is to safely bring back as many students as possible into our buildings To

that end the Douglas Public Schools will start the school year off in a 2-1-2 Hybrid Model

There is a clear consensus from both education and medical groups we must keep in mind not

only the risks associated with COVID-19 for in-person school programs but also the known

challenges and consequences of keeping students out of school While remote learning has

improved over the course of the school closures there is no substitute for in-person instruction

when it comes to the quality of studentsrsquo academic learning In-person school plays an equally

important role in our ability to support studentsrsquo social-emotional needs including their mental

and physical health and in mitigating the impacts of trauma We also recognize how disruptive

school closures have been to families trying to maintain regular work schedules and manage

household needs including childcare while also facilitating remote learning

Moreover in light of recent events and a national movement to fight for racial justice it is even

more critical that our students are able to quickly return to robust learning opportunities and a

supportive school environment through which we can engage in meaningful discussions on

anti-racism provide mental health supports and help to prepare our young people to bring

about the changes our world desperately needs

In discussions with infectious disease physicians other medical advisers and the COVID-19

Command Centerrsquos Medical Advisory Board we were heartened to learn that ndash based on current

data and research ndash the medical community supports the return of our students to in-person

learning with appropriate health and safety guardrails in place With adherence to a

comprehensive set of critical health and safety requirements we can bring our students staff

and families safely back to school

Most of us are now quite familiar with the critical health and safety practices that reduce the risk

of transmission of COVID-19 These include rigorous hygiene and handwashing use of

masksface coverings physical distancing reducing interaction between groups staying home

when sick protecting those most vulnerable to the disease and expanding testing and tracing

capabilities among others

However what can often get lost in long lists of practices is that it is not one mitigation strategy

but a combination of all these strategies taken together that will substantially reduce the risk of

transmission In other words establishing a culture of health and safety in our schools that

focuses on regularly enforcing these important practices is more important than any one

measure

With this information at the forefront of our planning we are moving forward with a 2-1-2

Hybrid Model

RECOGNIZING THE ROLE OF FAMILIES

Families in consultation with their medical providers will ultimately make the decision as to

whether their children will attend in-person instruction or whether their children will continue

with remote learning In the next few days you will receive information asking if you will be

sending your student back to school or if you will explore a District provided remote option

Families also play a critical role in supporting the new culture of health and safety that each

school must establish Most importantly families can help mitigate the transmission of

COVID-19 in their school communities by checking their children daily for any COVID-19

symptoms and keeping them home from school if they are sick or have had close contact with a

person diagnosed with COVID-19 Families can also contribute by supporting the use of masks

in school and on the bus arranging alternate transportation whenever possible communicating

with teachers school leaders and local authorities and continuing to follow state guidance on

health and safety outside of school DESE will provide further guidance and resources for

families

MEDICAL RESEARCH AND DATA

This section summarizes some of the emerging themes and implications from the medical

literature on childhood susceptibility to and transmission of COVID-19 as of mid-June 2020

Because COVID-19 is a novel disease this literature is growing rapidly and new information is

emerging almost every day Our guidance will continue to evolve as the science develops

At this time the evidence suggests schools have not played a significant role in COVID-19

transmission and that children particularly younger children are less likely than adults to be

infected with COVID-19 Furthermore if they become infected it appears children may be less

likely to transmit COVID-19 to others Based on these initial findings the health and safety

requirements throughout this guidance as well as considering the key features of school

programming at different grade spans the current evidence supports a safe in-person return to

school with implementation details varying for elementary schools (including pre-kindergarten

programs) middle schools and high schools

bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected

bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)

bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults

bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-

child or child-to adult)

HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON

LEARNING

The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to

reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in

collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from

the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American

Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the

Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available

medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA

COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health

experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning

outlined in this section

At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of

schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required

practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable

As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity

through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected

person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in

combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning

frequently touched surfaces

Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or

face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings

protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent

retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission

especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face

masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and

community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are

requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their

children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a

mask the school will provide one to them

What follows is some additional information on mask coverings

Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings

Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is

not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety

factors

Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can

be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open

Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks

should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable

masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts

and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford

masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant

funds the district has available to them

Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus

transportation

Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be

especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and

hard of hearing and their teachers

Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it

pertains to mask coverings in school

Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate

transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical

distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states

approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that

physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance

providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China

keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of

transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health

advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot

recommendation

Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows

Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19

Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of

six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should

seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and

operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule

Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six

feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance

between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in

the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used

Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff

supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible

These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a

maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or

washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the

individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids

Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the

event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the

same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety

In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement

Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While

handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60

percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not

available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly

soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as

follows

bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)

upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before

dismissal

bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all

surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly

and dry with an individual disposable towel

bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent

ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be

applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of

rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key

locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)

COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools

must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms

We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or

other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms

during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related

isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely

discharge students will be provided in future guidance

SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS

In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools

will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The

information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted

and modified throughout

Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached

is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have

assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what

seating will need to look like on the bus

Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are

staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations

guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public

Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols

Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in

community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed

Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread

of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus

The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY

HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do

not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home

Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed

Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff

should monitor themselves

Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills

Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)

Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath

New loss of taste or smell

Sore throat

Headache when in combination with other symptoms

Muscle aches or body aches

Nausea vomiting or diarrhea

Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms

Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in

combination with other symptoms

If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19

infection prior to returning to school

Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread

of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical

distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this

Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families

regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that

families have accurate and up to date information

Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of

all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times

FOOD SERVICES

The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning

remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students

The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the

cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing

with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the

classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style

All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day

Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class

per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available

The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be

offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social

distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available

The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a

weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom

Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change

Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be

picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will

be provided to students at all schools

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Special Education Supports

In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with

general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)

paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education

services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they

occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school

closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP

services

The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our

students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities

and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services

Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote

opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive

substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that

participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive

support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services

will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the

instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing

requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter

classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be

held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue

to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations

Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much

in-person instruction as is safely possible

Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to

evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of

performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression

post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP

document if necessary

In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations

Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we

further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts

Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the

most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person

instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE

recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction

Students with multiple disabilities

Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their

successful reentry to school in the fall

Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low

If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person

instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As

always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of

students and families especially within the remote learning environment

A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as

SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person

instruction

In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote

learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online

platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist

and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place

Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as

dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect

in-person instruction

Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day

supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students

remote asynchronous support

Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas

IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a

building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians

Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing

in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents

staff and the Board of Health guidelines

Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information

will be shared as soon as it is available

In-Person Services vs Remote Services

In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate

the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational

Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest

and most appropriate

To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to

provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in

the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All

Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of

teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)

Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and

equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided

Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous

teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be

delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed

to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the

ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person

and teletherapies as required

Districtwide Special Education Programs

The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific

learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be

invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided

via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure

the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible

The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based

learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities

however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some

mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas

Middle School at this time

The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or

other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation

perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may

or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four

buildings across the district at the time

The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental

delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The

students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in

language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The

STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches

(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is

located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time

The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent

living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services

ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of

the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible

including securing competitive integrated employment

Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program

The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many

cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special

education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their

IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy

Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when

children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see

the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of

preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while

keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional

learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning

activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If

another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and

safe in-person instruction

REOPENING PLANS

PRIMARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the

social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a

variety of resources

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Primary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival

830-915

Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 5: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

In addition to this surveys were sent out to families and students a district and building based

task force were created and provided input and feedback staff and community forums and

Town hall meetings were held on several occasions in July and early August and working

meetings with the administrative team school committee and the DTA were held

This document outlines the three plans required by DESE We prioritize the following guiding

principles in the development of this plan

Health Safety and Well-being The safety of our students staff and community is

our top priority

Equity A commitment to ensuring all students experience success through equity and

access

High Quality Teaching and Learning Provide for excellence in teaching and

learning with high quality instruction

These guiding principles support the implementation and continued evolution of the plan

Douglas Public Schools has already made numerous investments to prepare for the successful

beginning of the school year and for all possible return to school scenarios

Every student in grades K-12 will be provided a Chromebook or an iPad to

ensure equity of access and support implementation of a one-to-one learning

environment (one machine for every individual student) In addition the district has

purchased hot spots for families with limited internet access

The district has procured safety supplies including masks for students who lose or

forget them Additionally supplies of clear masks face shields gowns gloves cleaning

supplies and hand sanitizer for each classroom and high traffic areas have been ordered

All sinks have been equipped with soap and paper towels Plexiglass barriers for the

front office staff were added

Until such time that we can transition safely back to 100 in-person learning the Douglas

Public Schools will implement a Hybrid Learning Model for K-12 students After weighing the

advantages and disadvantages of various models of learning it became clear that the Hybrid

Learning Model described in this document best meets the needs of the Douglas school

community at least for the beginning of the school year

All families must notify the District of their choice for each of their children

attending DPS no later than August 18

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and

all attached schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional

guidance from DESE

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

There were a variety of task forces created to help build this plan These included a district based

task force along with several building based task forces Their input was invaluable to us and I

am grateful for their time and input I would like to take this opportunity to thank the members

of the District Wide Task Force for their time and efforts I would also be remiss If I did not

thank the entire School Committee and Administrative Team for all their support and hard

work This was a herculean task to complete and be ready to implement in six short weeks I

thank them for everything Below is a list of our District Wide Task Force

Nealy Urquhart Assistant Superintendent of

Student Support Services

Josh Romano High School Principal

Desi Vega High School Assistant

Principal

Brian Delaney Middle School Principal

Jon Bell Elementary School Principal

Matt Aronian Dean of Students of

Elementary and Middle

School

Cindy Socha Primary School Principal

Jeff Kollett Facilities

Cortney Keegan Business Manager

Donna Sousa Technology Director

Mary Sokol Athletic Director

Caroline Fitzpatrick History Department

Chairperson

Douglas High School

Skye Bomba

Special Education Team

Chair

Lisa Ford

7th Grade ELA Teacher

Kevin Riorden HS Math teacher

Carolyn Braney HS Math teacher

Emily Costa HS ELA Dept Co-Dhair

Jon Waggenheim HS Science teacher

Emily Mayo English TeacherDepartment

Co-Chair

Karen Walcek Community Member

Jillian Carneiro Community Member

Al DeNoncour Choral Director

Julie Bertone 5th Grade teacher

Melissa Johnson

ParentPTO

Beth Bergstrom

DPAC

Donna Taylor Parent

Kathleen Campbell

Nurse leader

Melanie Brundage Nurse

Jessica Findlay

6th Grade Math Teacher

Eleanor Auger

6th Grade SS Teacher

Michelle Babigian

5th grade teacher

Kelly GravesonPayne 8th grade Science Teacher

Erica Brown

Parent

Heidi Helstrom

7th grade

Kris Blatchford

Kindergarten teacher

OUR GOAL FOR THE FALL OF 2020

Our goal for the fall is to safely bring back as many students as possible into our buildings To

that end the Douglas Public Schools will start the school year off in a 2-1-2 Hybrid Model

There is a clear consensus from both education and medical groups we must keep in mind not

only the risks associated with COVID-19 for in-person school programs but also the known

challenges and consequences of keeping students out of school While remote learning has

improved over the course of the school closures there is no substitute for in-person instruction

when it comes to the quality of studentsrsquo academic learning In-person school plays an equally

important role in our ability to support studentsrsquo social-emotional needs including their mental

and physical health and in mitigating the impacts of trauma We also recognize how disruptive

school closures have been to families trying to maintain regular work schedules and manage

household needs including childcare while also facilitating remote learning

Moreover in light of recent events and a national movement to fight for racial justice it is even

more critical that our students are able to quickly return to robust learning opportunities and a

supportive school environment through which we can engage in meaningful discussions on

anti-racism provide mental health supports and help to prepare our young people to bring

about the changes our world desperately needs

In discussions with infectious disease physicians other medical advisers and the COVID-19

Command Centerrsquos Medical Advisory Board we were heartened to learn that ndash based on current

data and research ndash the medical community supports the return of our students to in-person

learning with appropriate health and safety guardrails in place With adherence to a

comprehensive set of critical health and safety requirements we can bring our students staff

and families safely back to school

Most of us are now quite familiar with the critical health and safety practices that reduce the risk

of transmission of COVID-19 These include rigorous hygiene and handwashing use of

masksface coverings physical distancing reducing interaction between groups staying home

when sick protecting those most vulnerable to the disease and expanding testing and tracing

capabilities among others

However what can often get lost in long lists of practices is that it is not one mitigation strategy

but a combination of all these strategies taken together that will substantially reduce the risk of

transmission In other words establishing a culture of health and safety in our schools that

focuses on regularly enforcing these important practices is more important than any one

measure

With this information at the forefront of our planning we are moving forward with a 2-1-2

Hybrid Model

RECOGNIZING THE ROLE OF FAMILIES

Families in consultation with their medical providers will ultimately make the decision as to

whether their children will attend in-person instruction or whether their children will continue

with remote learning In the next few days you will receive information asking if you will be

sending your student back to school or if you will explore a District provided remote option

Families also play a critical role in supporting the new culture of health and safety that each

school must establish Most importantly families can help mitigate the transmission of

COVID-19 in their school communities by checking their children daily for any COVID-19

symptoms and keeping them home from school if they are sick or have had close contact with a

person diagnosed with COVID-19 Families can also contribute by supporting the use of masks

in school and on the bus arranging alternate transportation whenever possible communicating

with teachers school leaders and local authorities and continuing to follow state guidance on

health and safety outside of school DESE will provide further guidance and resources for

families

MEDICAL RESEARCH AND DATA

This section summarizes some of the emerging themes and implications from the medical

literature on childhood susceptibility to and transmission of COVID-19 as of mid-June 2020

Because COVID-19 is a novel disease this literature is growing rapidly and new information is

emerging almost every day Our guidance will continue to evolve as the science develops

At this time the evidence suggests schools have not played a significant role in COVID-19

transmission and that children particularly younger children are less likely than adults to be

infected with COVID-19 Furthermore if they become infected it appears children may be less

likely to transmit COVID-19 to others Based on these initial findings the health and safety

requirements throughout this guidance as well as considering the key features of school

programming at different grade spans the current evidence supports a safe in-person return to

school with implementation details varying for elementary schools (including pre-kindergarten

programs) middle schools and high schools

bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected

bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)

bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults

bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-

child or child-to adult)

HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON

LEARNING

The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to

reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in

collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from

the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American

Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the

Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available

medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA

COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health

experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning

outlined in this section

At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of

schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required

practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable

As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity

through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected

person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in

combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning

frequently touched surfaces

Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or

face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings

protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent

retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission

especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face

masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and

community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are

requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their

children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a

mask the school will provide one to them

What follows is some additional information on mask coverings

Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings

Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is

not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety

factors

Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can

be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open

Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks

should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable

masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts

and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford

masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant

funds the district has available to them

Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus

transportation

Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be

especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and

hard of hearing and their teachers

Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it

pertains to mask coverings in school

Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate

transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical

distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states

approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that

physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance

providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China

keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of

transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health

advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot

recommendation

Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows

Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19

Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of

six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should

seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and

operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule

Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six

feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance

between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in

the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used

Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff

supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible

These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a

maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or

washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the

individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids

Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the

event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the

same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety

In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement

Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While

handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60

percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not

available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly

soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as

follows

bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)

upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before

dismissal

bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all

surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly

and dry with an individual disposable towel

bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent

ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be

applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of

rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key

locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)

COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools

must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms

We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or

other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms

during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related

isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely

discharge students will be provided in future guidance

SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS

In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools

will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The

information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted

and modified throughout

Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached

is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have

assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what

seating will need to look like on the bus

Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are

staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations

guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public

Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols

Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in

community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed

Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread

of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus

The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY

HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do

not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home

Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed

Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff

should monitor themselves

Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills

Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)

Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath

New loss of taste or smell

Sore throat

Headache when in combination with other symptoms

Muscle aches or body aches

Nausea vomiting or diarrhea

Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms

Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in

combination with other symptoms

If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19

infection prior to returning to school

Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread

of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical

distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this

Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families

regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that

families have accurate and up to date information

Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of

all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times

FOOD SERVICES

The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning

remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students

The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the

cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing

with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the

classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style

All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day

Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class

per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available

The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be

offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social

distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available

The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a

weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom

Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change

Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be

picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will

be provided to students at all schools

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Special Education Supports

In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with

general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)

paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education

services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they

occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school

closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP

services

The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our

students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities

and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services

Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote

opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive

substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that

participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive

support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services

will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the

instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing

requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter

classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be

held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue

to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations

Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much

in-person instruction as is safely possible

Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to

evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of

performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression

post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP

document if necessary

In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations

Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we

further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts

Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the

most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person

instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE

recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction

Students with multiple disabilities

Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their

successful reentry to school in the fall

Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low

If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person

instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As

always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of

students and families especially within the remote learning environment

A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as

SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person

instruction

In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote

learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online

platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist

and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place

Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as

dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect

in-person instruction

Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day

supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students

remote asynchronous support

Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas

IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a

building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians

Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing

in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents

staff and the Board of Health guidelines

Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information

will be shared as soon as it is available

In-Person Services vs Remote Services

In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate

the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational

Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest

and most appropriate

To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to

provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in

the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All

Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of

teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)

Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and

equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided

Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous

teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be

delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed

to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the

ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person

and teletherapies as required

Districtwide Special Education Programs

The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific

learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be

invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided

via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure

the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible

The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based

learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities

however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some

mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas

Middle School at this time

The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or

other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation

perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may

or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four

buildings across the district at the time

The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental

delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The

students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in

language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The

STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches

(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is

located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time

The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent

living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services

ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of

the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible

including securing competitive integrated employment

Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program

The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many

cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special

education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their

IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy

Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when

children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see

the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of

preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while

keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional

learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning

activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If

another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and

safe in-person instruction

REOPENING PLANS

PRIMARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the

social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a

variety of resources

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Primary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival

830-915

Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 6: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

There were a variety of task forces created to help build this plan These included a district based

task force along with several building based task forces Their input was invaluable to us and I

am grateful for their time and input I would like to take this opportunity to thank the members

of the District Wide Task Force for their time and efforts I would also be remiss If I did not

thank the entire School Committee and Administrative Team for all their support and hard

work This was a herculean task to complete and be ready to implement in six short weeks I

thank them for everything Below is a list of our District Wide Task Force

Nealy Urquhart Assistant Superintendent of

Student Support Services

Josh Romano High School Principal

Desi Vega High School Assistant

Principal

Brian Delaney Middle School Principal

Jon Bell Elementary School Principal

Matt Aronian Dean of Students of

Elementary and Middle

School

Cindy Socha Primary School Principal

Jeff Kollett Facilities

Cortney Keegan Business Manager

Donna Sousa Technology Director

Mary Sokol Athletic Director

Caroline Fitzpatrick History Department

Chairperson

Douglas High School

Skye Bomba

Special Education Team

Chair

Lisa Ford

7th Grade ELA Teacher

Kevin Riorden HS Math teacher

Carolyn Braney HS Math teacher

Emily Costa HS ELA Dept Co-Dhair

Jon Waggenheim HS Science teacher

Emily Mayo English TeacherDepartment

Co-Chair

Karen Walcek Community Member

Jillian Carneiro Community Member

Al DeNoncour Choral Director

Julie Bertone 5th Grade teacher

Melissa Johnson

ParentPTO

Beth Bergstrom

DPAC

Donna Taylor Parent

Kathleen Campbell

Nurse leader

Melanie Brundage Nurse

Jessica Findlay

6th Grade Math Teacher

Eleanor Auger

6th Grade SS Teacher

Michelle Babigian

5th grade teacher

Kelly GravesonPayne 8th grade Science Teacher

Erica Brown

Parent

Heidi Helstrom

7th grade

Kris Blatchford

Kindergarten teacher

OUR GOAL FOR THE FALL OF 2020

Our goal for the fall is to safely bring back as many students as possible into our buildings To

that end the Douglas Public Schools will start the school year off in a 2-1-2 Hybrid Model

There is a clear consensus from both education and medical groups we must keep in mind not

only the risks associated with COVID-19 for in-person school programs but also the known

challenges and consequences of keeping students out of school While remote learning has

improved over the course of the school closures there is no substitute for in-person instruction

when it comes to the quality of studentsrsquo academic learning In-person school plays an equally

important role in our ability to support studentsrsquo social-emotional needs including their mental

and physical health and in mitigating the impacts of trauma We also recognize how disruptive

school closures have been to families trying to maintain regular work schedules and manage

household needs including childcare while also facilitating remote learning

Moreover in light of recent events and a national movement to fight for racial justice it is even

more critical that our students are able to quickly return to robust learning opportunities and a

supportive school environment through which we can engage in meaningful discussions on

anti-racism provide mental health supports and help to prepare our young people to bring

about the changes our world desperately needs

In discussions with infectious disease physicians other medical advisers and the COVID-19

Command Centerrsquos Medical Advisory Board we were heartened to learn that ndash based on current

data and research ndash the medical community supports the return of our students to in-person

learning with appropriate health and safety guardrails in place With adherence to a

comprehensive set of critical health and safety requirements we can bring our students staff

and families safely back to school

Most of us are now quite familiar with the critical health and safety practices that reduce the risk

of transmission of COVID-19 These include rigorous hygiene and handwashing use of

masksface coverings physical distancing reducing interaction between groups staying home

when sick protecting those most vulnerable to the disease and expanding testing and tracing

capabilities among others

However what can often get lost in long lists of practices is that it is not one mitigation strategy

but a combination of all these strategies taken together that will substantially reduce the risk of

transmission In other words establishing a culture of health and safety in our schools that

focuses on regularly enforcing these important practices is more important than any one

measure

With this information at the forefront of our planning we are moving forward with a 2-1-2

Hybrid Model

RECOGNIZING THE ROLE OF FAMILIES

Families in consultation with their medical providers will ultimately make the decision as to

whether their children will attend in-person instruction or whether their children will continue

with remote learning In the next few days you will receive information asking if you will be

sending your student back to school or if you will explore a District provided remote option

Families also play a critical role in supporting the new culture of health and safety that each

school must establish Most importantly families can help mitigate the transmission of

COVID-19 in their school communities by checking their children daily for any COVID-19

symptoms and keeping them home from school if they are sick or have had close contact with a

person diagnosed with COVID-19 Families can also contribute by supporting the use of masks

in school and on the bus arranging alternate transportation whenever possible communicating

with teachers school leaders and local authorities and continuing to follow state guidance on

health and safety outside of school DESE will provide further guidance and resources for

families

MEDICAL RESEARCH AND DATA

This section summarizes some of the emerging themes and implications from the medical

literature on childhood susceptibility to and transmission of COVID-19 as of mid-June 2020

Because COVID-19 is a novel disease this literature is growing rapidly and new information is

emerging almost every day Our guidance will continue to evolve as the science develops

At this time the evidence suggests schools have not played a significant role in COVID-19

transmission and that children particularly younger children are less likely than adults to be

infected with COVID-19 Furthermore if they become infected it appears children may be less

likely to transmit COVID-19 to others Based on these initial findings the health and safety

requirements throughout this guidance as well as considering the key features of school

programming at different grade spans the current evidence supports a safe in-person return to

school with implementation details varying for elementary schools (including pre-kindergarten

programs) middle schools and high schools

bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected

bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)

bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults

bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-

child or child-to adult)

HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON

LEARNING

The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to

reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in

collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from

the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American

Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the

Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available

medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA

COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health

experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning

outlined in this section

At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of

schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required

practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable

As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity

through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected

person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in

combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning

frequently touched surfaces

Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or

face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings

protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent

retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission

especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face

masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and

community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are

requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their

children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a

mask the school will provide one to them

What follows is some additional information on mask coverings

Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings

Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is

not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety

factors

Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can

be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open

Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks

should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable

masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts

and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford

masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant

funds the district has available to them

Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus

transportation

Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be

especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and

hard of hearing and their teachers

Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it

pertains to mask coverings in school

Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate

transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical

distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states

approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that

physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance

providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China

keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of

transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health

advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot

recommendation

Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows

Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19

Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of

six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should

seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and

operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule

Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six

feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance

between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in

the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used

Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff

supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible

These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a

maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or

washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the

individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids

Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the

event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the

same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety

In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement

Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While

handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60

percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not

available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly

soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as

follows

bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)

upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before

dismissal

bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all

surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly

and dry with an individual disposable towel

bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent

ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be

applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of

rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key

locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)

COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools

must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms

We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or

other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms

during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related

isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely

discharge students will be provided in future guidance

SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS

In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools

will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The

information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted

and modified throughout

Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached

is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have

assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what

seating will need to look like on the bus

Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are

staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations

guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public

Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols

Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in

community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed

Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread

of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus

The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY

HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do

not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home

Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed

Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff

should monitor themselves

Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills

Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)

Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath

New loss of taste or smell

Sore throat

Headache when in combination with other symptoms

Muscle aches or body aches

Nausea vomiting or diarrhea

Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms

Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in

combination with other symptoms

If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19

infection prior to returning to school

Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread

of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical

distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this

Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families

regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that

families have accurate and up to date information

Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of

all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times

FOOD SERVICES

The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning

remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students

The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the

cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing

with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the

classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style

All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day

Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class

per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available

The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be

offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social

distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available

The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a

weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom

Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change

Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be

picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will

be provided to students at all schools

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Special Education Supports

In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with

general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)

paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education

services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they

occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school

closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP

services

The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our

students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities

and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services

Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote

opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive

substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that

participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive

support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services

will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the

instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing

requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter

classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be

held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue

to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations

Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much

in-person instruction as is safely possible

Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to

evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of

performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression

post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP

document if necessary

In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations

Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we

further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts

Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the

most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person

instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE

recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction

Students with multiple disabilities

Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their

successful reentry to school in the fall

Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low

If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person

instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As

always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of

students and families especially within the remote learning environment

A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as

SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person

instruction

In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote

learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online

platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist

and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place

Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as

dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect

in-person instruction

Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day

supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students

remote asynchronous support

Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas

IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a

building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians

Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing

in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents

staff and the Board of Health guidelines

Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information

will be shared as soon as it is available

In-Person Services vs Remote Services

In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate

the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational

Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest

and most appropriate

To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to

provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in

the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All

Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of

teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)

Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and

equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided

Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous

teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be

delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed

to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the

ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person

and teletherapies as required

Districtwide Special Education Programs

The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific

learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be

invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided

via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure

the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible

The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based

learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities

however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some

mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas

Middle School at this time

The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or

other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation

perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may

or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four

buildings across the district at the time

The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental

delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The

students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in

language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The

STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches

(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is

located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time

The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent

living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services

ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of

the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible

including securing competitive integrated employment

Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program

The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many

cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special

education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their

IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy

Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when

children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see

the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of

preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while

keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional

learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning

activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If

another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and

safe in-person instruction

REOPENING PLANS

PRIMARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the

social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a

variety of resources

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Primary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival

830-915

Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 7: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

Carolyn Braney HS Math teacher

Emily Costa HS ELA Dept Co-Dhair

Jon Waggenheim HS Science teacher

Emily Mayo English TeacherDepartment

Co-Chair

Karen Walcek Community Member

Jillian Carneiro Community Member

Al DeNoncour Choral Director

Julie Bertone 5th Grade teacher

Melissa Johnson

ParentPTO

Beth Bergstrom

DPAC

Donna Taylor Parent

Kathleen Campbell

Nurse leader

Melanie Brundage Nurse

Jessica Findlay

6th Grade Math Teacher

Eleanor Auger

6th Grade SS Teacher

Michelle Babigian

5th grade teacher

Kelly GravesonPayne 8th grade Science Teacher

Erica Brown

Parent

Heidi Helstrom

7th grade

Kris Blatchford

Kindergarten teacher

OUR GOAL FOR THE FALL OF 2020

Our goal for the fall is to safely bring back as many students as possible into our buildings To

that end the Douglas Public Schools will start the school year off in a 2-1-2 Hybrid Model

There is a clear consensus from both education and medical groups we must keep in mind not

only the risks associated with COVID-19 for in-person school programs but also the known

challenges and consequences of keeping students out of school While remote learning has

improved over the course of the school closures there is no substitute for in-person instruction

when it comes to the quality of studentsrsquo academic learning In-person school plays an equally

important role in our ability to support studentsrsquo social-emotional needs including their mental

and physical health and in mitigating the impacts of trauma We also recognize how disruptive

school closures have been to families trying to maintain regular work schedules and manage

household needs including childcare while also facilitating remote learning

Moreover in light of recent events and a national movement to fight for racial justice it is even

more critical that our students are able to quickly return to robust learning opportunities and a

supportive school environment through which we can engage in meaningful discussions on

anti-racism provide mental health supports and help to prepare our young people to bring

about the changes our world desperately needs

In discussions with infectious disease physicians other medical advisers and the COVID-19

Command Centerrsquos Medical Advisory Board we were heartened to learn that ndash based on current

data and research ndash the medical community supports the return of our students to in-person

learning with appropriate health and safety guardrails in place With adherence to a

comprehensive set of critical health and safety requirements we can bring our students staff

and families safely back to school

Most of us are now quite familiar with the critical health and safety practices that reduce the risk

of transmission of COVID-19 These include rigorous hygiene and handwashing use of

masksface coverings physical distancing reducing interaction between groups staying home

when sick protecting those most vulnerable to the disease and expanding testing and tracing

capabilities among others

However what can often get lost in long lists of practices is that it is not one mitigation strategy

but a combination of all these strategies taken together that will substantially reduce the risk of

transmission In other words establishing a culture of health and safety in our schools that

focuses on regularly enforcing these important practices is more important than any one

measure

With this information at the forefront of our planning we are moving forward with a 2-1-2

Hybrid Model

RECOGNIZING THE ROLE OF FAMILIES

Families in consultation with their medical providers will ultimately make the decision as to

whether their children will attend in-person instruction or whether their children will continue

with remote learning In the next few days you will receive information asking if you will be

sending your student back to school or if you will explore a District provided remote option

Families also play a critical role in supporting the new culture of health and safety that each

school must establish Most importantly families can help mitigate the transmission of

COVID-19 in their school communities by checking their children daily for any COVID-19

symptoms and keeping them home from school if they are sick or have had close contact with a

person diagnosed with COVID-19 Families can also contribute by supporting the use of masks

in school and on the bus arranging alternate transportation whenever possible communicating

with teachers school leaders and local authorities and continuing to follow state guidance on

health and safety outside of school DESE will provide further guidance and resources for

families

MEDICAL RESEARCH AND DATA

This section summarizes some of the emerging themes and implications from the medical

literature on childhood susceptibility to and transmission of COVID-19 as of mid-June 2020

Because COVID-19 is a novel disease this literature is growing rapidly and new information is

emerging almost every day Our guidance will continue to evolve as the science develops

At this time the evidence suggests schools have not played a significant role in COVID-19

transmission and that children particularly younger children are less likely than adults to be

infected with COVID-19 Furthermore if they become infected it appears children may be less

likely to transmit COVID-19 to others Based on these initial findings the health and safety

requirements throughout this guidance as well as considering the key features of school

programming at different grade spans the current evidence supports a safe in-person return to

school with implementation details varying for elementary schools (including pre-kindergarten

programs) middle schools and high schools

bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected

bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)

bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults

bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-

child or child-to adult)

HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON

LEARNING

The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to

reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in

collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from

the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American

Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the

Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available

medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA

COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health

experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning

outlined in this section

At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of

schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required

practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable

As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity

through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected

person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in

combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning

frequently touched surfaces

Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or

face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings

protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent

retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission

especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face

masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and

community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are

requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their

children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a

mask the school will provide one to them

What follows is some additional information on mask coverings

Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings

Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is

not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety

factors

Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can

be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open

Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks

should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable

masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts

and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford

masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant

funds the district has available to them

Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus

transportation

Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be

especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and

hard of hearing and their teachers

Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it

pertains to mask coverings in school

Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate

transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical

distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states

approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that

physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance

providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China

keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of

transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health

advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot

recommendation

Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows

Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19

Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of

six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should

seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and

operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule

Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six

feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance

between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in

the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used

Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff

supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible

These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a

maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or

washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the

individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids

Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the

event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the

same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety

In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement

Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While

handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60

percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not

available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly

soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as

follows

bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)

upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before

dismissal

bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all

surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly

and dry with an individual disposable towel

bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent

ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be

applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of

rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key

locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)

COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools

must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms

We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or

other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms

during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related

isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely

discharge students will be provided in future guidance

SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS

In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools

will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The

information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted

and modified throughout

Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached

is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have

assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what

seating will need to look like on the bus

Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are

staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations

guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public

Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols

Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in

community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed

Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread

of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus

The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY

HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do

not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home

Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed

Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff

should monitor themselves

Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills

Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)

Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath

New loss of taste or smell

Sore throat

Headache when in combination with other symptoms

Muscle aches or body aches

Nausea vomiting or diarrhea

Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms

Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in

combination with other symptoms

If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19

infection prior to returning to school

Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread

of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical

distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this

Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families

regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that

families have accurate and up to date information

Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of

all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times

FOOD SERVICES

The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning

remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students

The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the

cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing

with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the

classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style

All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day

Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class

per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available

The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be

offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social

distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available

The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a

weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom

Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change

Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be

picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will

be provided to students at all schools

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Special Education Supports

In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with

general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)

paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education

services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they

occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school

closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP

services

The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our

students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities

and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services

Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote

opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive

substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that

participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive

support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services

will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the

instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing

requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter

classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be

held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue

to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations

Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much

in-person instruction as is safely possible

Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to

evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of

performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression

post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP

document if necessary

In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations

Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we

further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts

Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the

most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person

instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE

recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction

Students with multiple disabilities

Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their

successful reentry to school in the fall

Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low

If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person

instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As

always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of

students and families especially within the remote learning environment

A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as

SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person

instruction

In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote

learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online

platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist

and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place

Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as

dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect

in-person instruction

Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day

supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students

remote asynchronous support

Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas

IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a

building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians

Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing

in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents

staff and the Board of Health guidelines

Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information

will be shared as soon as it is available

In-Person Services vs Remote Services

In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate

the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational

Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest

and most appropriate

To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to

provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in

the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All

Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of

teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)

Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and

equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided

Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous

teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be

delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed

to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the

ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person

and teletherapies as required

Districtwide Special Education Programs

The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific

learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be

invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided

via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure

the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible

The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based

learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities

however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some

mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas

Middle School at this time

The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or

other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation

perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may

or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four

buildings across the district at the time

The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental

delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The

students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in

language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The

STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches

(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is

located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time

The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent

living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services

ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of

the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible

including securing competitive integrated employment

Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program

The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many

cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special

education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their

IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy

Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when

children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see

the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of

preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while

keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional

learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning

activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If

another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and

safe in-person instruction

REOPENING PLANS

PRIMARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the

social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a

variety of resources

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Primary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival

830-915

Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 8: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

Erica Brown

Parent

Heidi Helstrom

7th grade

Kris Blatchford

Kindergarten teacher

OUR GOAL FOR THE FALL OF 2020

Our goal for the fall is to safely bring back as many students as possible into our buildings To

that end the Douglas Public Schools will start the school year off in a 2-1-2 Hybrid Model

There is a clear consensus from both education and medical groups we must keep in mind not

only the risks associated with COVID-19 for in-person school programs but also the known

challenges and consequences of keeping students out of school While remote learning has

improved over the course of the school closures there is no substitute for in-person instruction

when it comes to the quality of studentsrsquo academic learning In-person school plays an equally

important role in our ability to support studentsrsquo social-emotional needs including their mental

and physical health and in mitigating the impacts of trauma We also recognize how disruptive

school closures have been to families trying to maintain regular work schedules and manage

household needs including childcare while also facilitating remote learning

Moreover in light of recent events and a national movement to fight for racial justice it is even

more critical that our students are able to quickly return to robust learning opportunities and a

supportive school environment through which we can engage in meaningful discussions on

anti-racism provide mental health supports and help to prepare our young people to bring

about the changes our world desperately needs

In discussions with infectious disease physicians other medical advisers and the COVID-19

Command Centerrsquos Medical Advisory Board we were heartened to learn that ndash based on current

data and research ndash the medical community supports the return of our students to in-person

learning with appropriate health and safety guardrails in place With adherence to a

comprehensive set of critical health and safety requirements we can bring our students staff

and families safely back to school

Most of us are now quite familiar with the critical health and safety practices that reduce the risk

of transmission of COVID-19 These include rigorous hygiene and handwashing use of

masksface coverings physical distancing reducing interaction between groups staying home

when sick protecting those most vulnerable to the disease and expanding testing and tracing

capabilities among others

However what can often get lost in long lists of practices is that it is not one mitigation strategy

but a combination of all these strategies taken together that will substantially reduce the risk of

transmission In other words establishing a culture of health and safety in our schools that

focuses on regularly enforcing these important practices is more important than any one

measure

With this information at the forefront of our planning we are moving forward with a 2-1-2

Hybrid Model

RECOGNIZING THE ROLE OF FAMILIES

Families in consultation with their medical providers will ultimately make the decision as to

whether their children will attend in-person instruction or whether their children will continue

with remote learning In the next few days you will receive information asking if you will be

sending your student back to school or if you will explore a District provided remote option

Families also play a critical role in supporting the new culture of health and safety that each

school must establish Most importantly families can help mitigate the transmission of

COVID-19 in their school communities by checking their children daily for any COVID-19

symptoms and keeping them home from school if they are sick or have had close contact with a

person diagnosed with COVID-19 Families can also contribute by supporting the use of masks

in school and on the bus arranging alternate transportation whenever possible communicating

with teachers school leaders and local authorities and continuing to follow state guidance on

health and safety outside of school DESE will provide further guidance and resources for

families

MEDICAL RESEARCH AND DATA

This section summarizes some of the emerging themes and implications from the medical

literature on childhood susceptibility to and transmission of COVID-19 as of mid-June 2020

Because COVID-19 is a novel disease this literature is growing rapidly and new information is

emerging almost every day Our guidance will continue to evolve as the science develops

At this time the evidence suggests schools have not played a significant role in COVID-19

transmission and that children particularly younger children are less likely than adults to be

infected with COVID-19 Furthermore if they become infected it appears children may be less

likely to transmit COVID-19 to others Based on these initial findings the health and safety

requirements throughout this guidance as well as considering the key features of school

programming at different grade spans the current evidence supports a safe in-person return to

school with implementation details varying for elementary schools (including pre-kindergarten

programs) middle schools and high schools

bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected

bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)

bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults

bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-

child or child-to adult)

HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON

LEARNING

The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to

reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in

collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from

the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American

Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the

Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available

medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA

COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health

experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning

outlined in this section

At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of

schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required

practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable

As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity

through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected

person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in

combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning

frequently touched surfaces

Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or

face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings

protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent

retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission

especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face

masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and

community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are

requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their

children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a

mask the school will provide one to them

What follows is some additional information on mask coverings

Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings

Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is

not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety

factors

Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can

be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open

Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks

should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable

masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts

and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford

masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant

funds the district has available to them

Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus

transportation

Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be

especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and

hard of hearing and their teachers

Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it

pertains to mask coverings in school

Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate

transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical

distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states

approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that

physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance

providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China

keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of

transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health

advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot

recommendation

Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows

Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19

Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of

six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should

seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and

operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule

Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six

feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance

between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in

the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used

Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff

supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible

These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a

maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or

washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the

individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids

Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the

event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the

same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety

In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement

Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While

handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60

percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not

available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly

soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as

follows

bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)

upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before

dismissal

bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all

surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly

and dry with an individual disposable towel

bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent

ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be

applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of

rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key

locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)

COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools

must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms

We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or

other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms

during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related

isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely

discharge students will be provided in future guidance

SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS

In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools

will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The

information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted

and modified throughout

Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached

is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have

assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what

seating will need to look like on the bus

Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are

staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations

guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public

Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols

Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in

community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed

Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread

of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus

The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY

HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do

not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home

Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed

Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff

should monitor themselves

Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills

Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)

Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath

New loss of taste or smell

Sore throat

Headache when in combination with other symptoms

Muscle aches or body aches

Nausea vomiting or diarrhea

Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms

Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in

combination with other symptoms

If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19

infection prior to returning to school

Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread

of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical

distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this

Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families

regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that

families have accurate and up to date information

Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of

all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times

FOOD SERVICES

The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning

remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students

The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the

cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing

with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the

classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style

All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day

Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class

per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available

The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be

offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social

distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available

The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a

weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom

Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change

Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be

picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will

be provided to students at all schools

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Special Education Supports

In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with

general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)

paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education

services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they

occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school

closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP

services

The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our

students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities

and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services

Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote

opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive

substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that

participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive

support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services

will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the

instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing

requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter

classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be

held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue

to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations

Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much

in-person instruction as is safely possible

Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to

evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of

performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression

post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP

document if necessary

In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations

Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we

further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts

Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the

most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person

instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE

recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction

Students with multiple disabilities

Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their

successful reentry to school in the fall

Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low

If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person

instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As

always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of

students and families especially within the remote learning environment

A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as

SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person

instruction

In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote

learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online

platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist

and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place

Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as

dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect

in-person instruction

Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day

supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students

remote asynchronous support

Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas

IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a

building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians

Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing

in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents

staff and the Board of Health guidelines

Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information

will be shared as soon as it is available

In-Person Services vs Remote Services

In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate

the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational

Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest

and most appropriate

To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to

provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in

the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All

Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of

teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)

Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and

equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided

Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous

teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be

delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed

to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the

ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person

and teletherapies as required

Districtwide Special Education Programs

The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific

learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be

invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided

via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure

the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible

The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based

learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities

however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some

mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas

Middle School at this time

The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or

other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation

perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may

or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four

buildings across the district at the time

The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental

delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The

students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in

language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The

STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches

(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is

located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time

The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent

living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services

ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of

the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible

including securing competitive integrated employment

Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program

The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many

cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special

education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their

IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy

Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when

children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see

the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of

preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while

keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional

learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning

activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If

another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and

safe in-person instruction

REOPENING PLANS

PRIMARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the

social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a

variety of resources

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Primary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival

830-915

Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 9: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

when sick protecting those most vulnerable to the disease and expanding testing and tracing

capabilities among others

However what can often get lost in long lists of practices is that it is not one mitigation strategy

but a combination of all these strategies taken together that will substantially reduce the risk of

transmission In other words establishing a culture of health and safety in our schools that

focuses on regularly enforcing these important practices is more important than any one

measure

With this information at the forefront of our planning we are moving forward with a 2-1-2

Hybrid Model

RECOGNIZING THE ROLE OF FAMILIES

Families in consultation with their medical providers will ultimately make the decision as to

whether their children will attend in-person instruction or whether their children will continue

with remote learning In the next few days you will receive information asking if you will be

sending your student back to school or if you will explore a District provided remote option

Families also play a critical role in supporting the new culture of health and safety that each

school must establish Most importantly families can help mitigate the transmission of

COVID-19 in their school communities by checking their children daily for any COVID-19

symptoms and keeping them home from school if they are sick or have had close contact with a

person diagnosed with COVID-19 Families can also contribute by supporting the use of masks

in school and on the bus arranging alternate transportation whenever possible communicating

with teachers school leaders and local authorities and continuing to follow state guidance on

health and safety outside of school DESE will provide further guidance and resources for

families

MEDICAL RESEARCH AND DATA

This section summarizes some of the emerging themes and implications from the medical

literature on childhood susceptibility to and transmission of COVID-19 as of mid-June 2020

Because COVID-19 is a novel disease this literature is growing rapidly and new information is

emerging almost every day Our guidance will continue to evolve as the science develops

At this time the evidence suggests schools have not played a significant role in COVID-19

transmission and that children particularly younger children are less likely than adults to be

infected with COVID-19 Furthermore if they become infected it appears children may be less

likely to transmit COVID-19 to others Based on these initial findings the health and safety

requirements throughout this guidance as well as considering the key features of school

programming at different grade spans the current evidence supports a safe in-person return to

school with implementation details varying for elementary schools (including pre-kindergarten

programs) middle schools and high schools

bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected

bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)

bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults

bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-

child or child-to adult)

HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON

LEARNING

The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to

reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in

collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from

the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American

Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the

Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available

medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA

COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health

experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning

outlined in this section

At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of

schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required

practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable

As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity

through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected

person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in

combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning

frequently touched surfaces

Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or

face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings

protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent

retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission

especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face

masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and

community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are

requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their

children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a

mask the school will provide one to them

What follows is some additional information on mask coverings

Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings

Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is

not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety

factors

Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can

be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open

Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks

should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable

masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts

and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford

masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant

funds the district has available to them

Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus

transportation

Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be

especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and

hard of hearing and their teachers

Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it

pertains to mask coverings in school

Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate

transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical

distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states

approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that

physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance

providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China

keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of

transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health

advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot

recommendation

Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows

Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19

Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of

six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should

seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and

operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule

Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six

feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance

between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in

the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used

Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff

supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible

These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a

maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or

washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the

individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids

Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the

event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the

same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety

In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement

Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While

handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60

percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not

available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly

soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as

follows

bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)

upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before

dismissal

bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all

surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly

and dry with an individual disposable towel

bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent

ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be

applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of

rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key

locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)

COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools

must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms

We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or

other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms

during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related

isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely

discharge students will be provided in future guidance

SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS

In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools

will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The

information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted

and modified throughout

Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached

is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have

assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what

seating will need to look like on the bus

Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are

staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations

guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public

Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols

Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in

community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed

Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread

of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus

The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY

HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do

not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home

Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed

Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff

should monitor themselves

Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills

Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)

Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath

New loss of taste or smell

Sore throat

Headache when in combination with other symptoms

Muscle aches or body aches

Nausea vomiting or diarrhea

Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms

Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in

combination with other symptoms

If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19

infection prior to returning to school

Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread

of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical

distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this

Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families

regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that

families have accurate and up to date information

Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of

all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times

FOOD SERVICES

The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning

remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students

The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the

cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing

with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the

classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style

All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day

Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class

per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available

The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be

offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social

distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available

The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a

weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom

Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change

Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be

picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will

be provided to students at all schools

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Special Education Supports

In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with

general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)

paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education

services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they

occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school

closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP

services

The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our

students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities

and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services

Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote

opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive

substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that

participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive

support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services

will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the

instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing

requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter

classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be

held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue

to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations

Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much

in-person instruction as is safely possible

Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to

evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of

performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression

post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP

document if necessary

In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations

Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we

further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts

Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the

most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person

instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE

recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction

Students with multiple disabilities

Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their

successful reentry to school in the fall

Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low

If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person

instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As

always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of

students and families especially within the remote learning environment

A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as

SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person

instruction

In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote

learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online

platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist

and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place

Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as

dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect

in-person instruction

Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day

supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students

remote asynchronous support

Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas

IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a

building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians

Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing

in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents

staff and the Board of Health guidelines

Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information

will be shared as soon as it is available

In-Person Services vs Remote Services

In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate

the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational

Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest

and most appropriate

To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to

provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in

the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All

Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of

teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)

Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and

equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided

Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous

teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be

delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed

to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the

ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person

and teletherapies as required

Districtwide Special Education Programs

The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific

learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be

invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided

via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure

the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible

The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based

learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities

however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some

mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas

Middle School at this time

The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or

other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation

perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may

or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four

buildings across the district at the time

The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental

delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The

students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in

language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The

STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches

(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is

located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time

The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent

living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services

ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of

the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible

including securing competitive integrated employment

Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program

The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many

cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special

education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their

IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy

Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when

children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see

the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of

preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while

keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional

learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning

activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If

another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and

safe in-person instruction

REOPENING PLANS

PRIMARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the

social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a

variety of resources

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Primary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival

830-915

Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 10: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

programs) middle schools and high schools

bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected

bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)

bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults

bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-

child or child-to adult)

HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON

LEARNING

The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to

reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in

collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from

the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American

Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the

Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available

medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA

COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health

experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning

outlined in this section

At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of

schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required

practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable

As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity

through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected

person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in

combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning

frequently touched surfaces

Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or

face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings

protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent

retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission

especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face

masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and

community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are

requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their

children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a

mask the school will provide one to them

What follows is some additional information on mask coverings

Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings

Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is

not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety

factors

Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can

be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open

Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks

should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable

masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts

and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford

masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant

funds the district has available to them

Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus

transportation

Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be

especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and

hard of hearing and their teachers

Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it

pertains to mask coverings in school

Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate

transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical

distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states

approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that

physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance

providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China

keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of

transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health

advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot

recommendation

Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows

Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19

Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of

six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should

seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and

operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule

Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six

feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance

between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in

the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used

Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff

supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible

These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a

maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or

washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the

individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids

Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the

event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the

same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety

In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement

Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While

handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60

percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not

available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly

soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as

follows

bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)

upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before

dismissal

bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all

surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly

and dry with an individual disposable towel

bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent

ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be

applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of

rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key

locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)

COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools

must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms

We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or

other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms

during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related

isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely

discharge students will be provided in future guidance

SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS

In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools

will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The

information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted

and modified throughout

Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached

is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have

assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what

seating will need to look like on the bus

Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are

staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations

guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public

Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols

Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in

community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed

Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread

of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus

The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY

HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do

not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home

Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed

Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff

should monitor themselves

Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills

Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)

Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath

New loss of taste or smell

Sore throat

Headache when in combination with other symptoms

Muscle aches or body aches

Nausea vomiting or diarrhea

Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms

Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in

combination with other symptoms

If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19

infection prior to returning to school

Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread

of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical

distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this

Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families

regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that

families have accurate and up to date information

Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of

all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times

FOOD SERVICES

The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning

remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students

The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the

cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing

with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the

classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style

All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day

Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class

per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available

The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be

offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social

distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available

The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a

weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom

Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change

Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be

picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will

be provided to students at all schools

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Special Education Supports

In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with

general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)

paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education

services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they

occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school

closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP

services

The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our

students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities

and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services

Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote

opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive

substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that

participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive

support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services

will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the

instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing

requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter

classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be

held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue

to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations

Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much

in-person instruction as is safely possible

Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to

evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of

performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression

post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP

document if necessary

In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations

Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we

further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts

Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the

most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person

instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE

recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction

Students with multiple disabilities

Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their

successful reentry to school in the fall

Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low

If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person

instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As

always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of

students and families especially within the remote learning environment

A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as

SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person

instruction

In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote

learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online

platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist

and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place

Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as

dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect

in-person instruction

Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day

supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students

remote asynchronous support

Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas

IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a

building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians

Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing

in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents

staff and the Board of Health guidelines

Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information

will be shared as soon as it is available

In-Person Services vs Remote Services

In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate

the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational

Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest

and most appropriate

To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to

provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in

the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All

Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of

teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)

Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and

equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided

Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous

teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be

delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed

to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the

ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person

and teletherapies as required

Districtwide Special Education Programs

The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific

learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be

invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided

via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure

the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible

The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based

learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities

however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some

mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas

Middle School at this time

The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or

other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation

perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may

or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four

buildings across the district at the time

The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental

delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The

students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in

language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The

STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches

(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is

located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time

The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent

living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services

ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of

the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible

including securing competitive integrated employment

Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program

The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many

cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special

education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their

IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy

Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when

children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see

the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of

preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while

keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional

learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning

activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If

another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and

safe in-person instruction

REOPENING PLANS

PRIMARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the

social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a

variety of resources

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Primary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival

830-915

Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 11: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of

schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required

practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable

As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity

through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected

person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in

combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning

frequently touched surfaces

Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or

face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings

protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent

retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission

especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face

masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and

community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are

requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their

children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a

mask the school will provide one to them

What follows is some additional information on mask coverings

Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings

Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is

not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety

factors

Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can

be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open

Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks

should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable

masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts

and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford

masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant

funds the district has available to them

Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus

transportation

Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be

especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and

hard of hearing and their teachers

Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it

pertains to mask coverings in school

Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate

transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical

distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states

approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that

physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance

providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China

keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of

transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health

advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot

recommendation

Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows

Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19

Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of

six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should

seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and

operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule

Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six

feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance

between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in

the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used

Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff

supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible

These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a

maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or

washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the

individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids

Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the

event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the

same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety

In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement

Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While

handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60

percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not

available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly

soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as

follows

bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)

upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before

dismissal

bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all

surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly

and dry with an individual disposable towel

bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent

ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be

applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of

rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key

locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)

COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools

must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms

We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or

other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms

during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related

isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely

discharge students will be provided in future guidance

SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS

In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools

will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The

information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted

and modified throughout

Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached

is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have

assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what

seating will need to look like on the bus

Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are

staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations

guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public

Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols

Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in

community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed

Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread

of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus

The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY

HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do

not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home

Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed

Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff

should monitor themselves

Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills

Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)

Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath

New loss of taste or smell

Sore throat

Headache when in combination with other symptoms

Muscle aches or body aches

Nausea vomiting or diarrhea

Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms

Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in

combination with other symptoms

If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19

infection prior to returning to school

Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread

of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical

distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this

Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families

regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that

families have accurate and up to date information

Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of

all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times

FOOD SERVICES

The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning

remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students

The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the

cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing

with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the

classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style

All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day

Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class

per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available

The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be

offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social

distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available

The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a

weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom

Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change

Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be

picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will

be provided to students at all schools

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Special Education Supports

In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with

general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)

paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education

services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they

occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school

closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP

services

The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our

students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities

and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services

Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote

opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive

substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that

participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive

support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services

will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the

instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing

requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter

classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be

held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue

to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations

Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much

in-person instruction as is safely possible

Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to

evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of

performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression

post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP

document if necessary

In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations

Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we

further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts

Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the

most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person

instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE

recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction

Students with multiple disabilities

Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their

successful reentry to school in the fall

Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low

If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person

instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As

always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of

students and families especially within the remote learning environment

A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as

SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person

instruction

In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote

learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online

platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist

and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place

Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as

dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect

in-person instruction

Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day

supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students

remote asynchronous support

Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas

IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a

building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians

Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing

in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents

staff and the Board of Health guidelines

Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information

will be shared as soon as it is available

In-Person Services vs Remote Services

In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate

the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational

Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest

and most appropriate

To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to

provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in

the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All

Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of

teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)

Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and

equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided

Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous

teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be

delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed

to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the

ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person

and teletherapies as required

Districtwide Special Education Programs

The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific

learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be

invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided

via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure

the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible

The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based

learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities

however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some

mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas

Middle School at this time

The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or

other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation

perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may

or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four

buildings across the district at the time

The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental

delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The

students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in

language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The

STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches

(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is

located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time

The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent

living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services

ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of

the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible

including securing competitive integrated employment

Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program

The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many

cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special

education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their

IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy

Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when

children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see

the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of

preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while

keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional

learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning

activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If

another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and

safe in-person instruction

REOPENING PLANS

PRIMARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the

social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a

variety of resources

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Primary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival

830-915

Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 12: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate

transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical

distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states

approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that

physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance

providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China

keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of

transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health

advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot

recommendation

Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows

Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19

Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of

six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should

seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and

operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule

Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six

feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance

between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in

the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used

Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff

supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible

These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a

maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or

washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the

individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids

Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the

event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the

same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety

In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement

Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While

handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60

percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not

available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly

soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as

follows

bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)

upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before

dismissal

bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all

surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly

and dry with an individual disposable towel

bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent

ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be

applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of

rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key

locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)

COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools

must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms

We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or

other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms

during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related

isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely

discharge students will be provided in future guidance

SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS

In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools

will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The

information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted

and modified throughout

Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached

is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have

assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what

seating will need to look like on the bus

Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are

staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations

guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public

Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols

Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in

community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed

Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread

of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus

The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY

HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do

not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home

Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed

Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff

should monitor themselves

Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills

Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)

Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath

New loss of taste or smell

Sore throat

Headache when in combination with other symptoms

Muscle aches or body aches

Nausea vomiting or diarrhea

Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms

Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in

combination with other symptoms

If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19

infection prior to returning to school

Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread

of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical

distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this

Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families

regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that

families have accurate and up to date information

Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of

all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times

FOOD SERVICES

The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning

remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students

The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the

cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing

with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the

classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style

All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day

Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class

per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available

The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be

offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social

distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available

The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a

weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom

Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change

Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be

picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will

be provided to students at all schools

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Special Education Supports

In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with

general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)

paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education

services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they

occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school

closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP

services

The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our

students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities

and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services

Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote

opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive

substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that

participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive

support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services

will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the

instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing

requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter

classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be

held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue

to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations

Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much

in-person instruction as is safely possible

Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to

evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of

performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression

post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP

document if necessary

In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations

Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we

further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts

Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the

most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person

instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE

recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction

Students with multiple disabilities

Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their

successful reentry to school in the fall

Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low

If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person

instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As

always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of

students and families especially within the remote learning environment

A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as

SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person

instruction

In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote

learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online

platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist

and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place

Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as

dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect

in-person instruction

Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day

supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students

remote asynchronous support

Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas

IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a

building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians

Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing

in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents

staff and the Board of Health guidelines

Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information

will be shared as soon as it is available

In-Person Services vs Remote Services

In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate

the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational

Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest

and most appropriate

To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to

provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in

the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All

Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of

teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)

Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and

equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided

Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous

teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be

delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed

to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the

ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person

and teletherapies as required

Districtwide Special Education Programs

The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific

learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be

invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided

via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure

the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible

The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based

learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities

however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some

mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas

Middle School at this time

The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or

other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation

perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may

or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four

buildings across the district at the time

The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental

delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The

students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in

language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The

STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches

(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is

located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time

The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent

living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services

ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of

the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible

including securing competitive integrated employment

Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program

The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many

cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special

education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their

IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy

Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when

children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see

the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of

preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while

keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional

learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning

activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If

another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and

safe in-person instruction

REOPENING PLANS

PRIMARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the

social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a

variety of resources

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Primary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival

830-915

Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 13: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all

surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly

and dry with an individual disposable towel

bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent

ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be

applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of

rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key

locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)

COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools

must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms

We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or

other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms

during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related

isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely

discharge students will be provided in future guidance

SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS

In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools

will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The

information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted

and modified throughout

Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached

is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have

assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what

seating will need to look like on the bus

Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are

staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations

guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public

Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols

Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in

community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed

Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread

of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus

The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY

HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do

not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home

Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed

Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff

should monitor themselves

Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills

Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)

Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath

New loss of taste or smell

Sore throat

Headache when in combination with other symptoms

Muscle aches or body aches

Nausea vomiting or diarrhea

Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms

Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in

combination with other symptoms

If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19

infection prior to returning to school

Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread

of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical

distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this

Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families

regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that

families have accurate and up to date information

Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of

all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times

FOOD SERVICES

The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning

remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students

The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the

cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing

with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the

classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style

All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day

Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class

per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available

The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be

offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social

distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available

The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a

weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom

Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change

Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be

picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will

be provided to students at all schools

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Special Education Supports

In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with

general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)

paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education

services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they

occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school

closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP

services

The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our

students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities

and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services

Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote

opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive

substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that

participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive

support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services

will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the

instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing

requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter

classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be

held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue

to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations

Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much

in-person instruction as is safely possible

Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to

evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of

performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression

post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP

document if necessary

In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations

Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we

further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts

Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the

most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person

instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE

recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction

Students with multiple disabilities

Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their

successful reentry to school in the fall

Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low

If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person

instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As

always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of

students and families especially within the remote learning environment

A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as

SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person

instruction

In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote

learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online

platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist

and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place

Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as

dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect

in-person instruction

Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day

supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students

remote asynchronous support

Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas

IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a

building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians

Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing

in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents

staff and the Board of Health guidelines

Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information

will be shared as soon as it is available

In-Person Services vs Remote Services

In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate

the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational

Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest

and most appropriate

To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to

provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in

the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All

Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of

teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)

Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and

equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided

Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous

teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be

delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed

to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the

ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person

and teletherapies as required

Districtwide Special Education Programs

The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific

learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be

invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided

via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure

the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible

The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based

learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities

however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some

mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas

Middle School at this time

The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or

other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation

perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may

or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four

buildings across the district at the time

The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental

delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The

students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in

language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The

STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches

(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is

located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time

The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent

living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services

ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of

the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible

including securing competitive integrated employment

Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program

The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many

cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special

education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their

IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy

Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when

children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see

the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of

preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while

keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional

learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning

activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If

another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and

safe in-person instruction

REOPENING PLANS

PRIMARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the

social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a

variety of resources

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Primary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival

830-915

Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 14: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols

Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in

community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed

Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread

of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus

The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY

HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do

not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home

Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed

Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff

should monitor themselves

Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills

Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)

Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath

New loss of taste or smell

Sore throat

Headache when in combination with other symptoms

Muscle aches or body aches

Nausea vomiting or diarrhea

Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms

Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in

combination with other symptoms

If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19

infection prior to returning to school

Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread

of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical

distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this

Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families

regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that

families have accurate and up to date information

Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of

all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times

FOOD SERVICES

The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning

remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students

The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the

cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing

with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the

classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style

All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day

Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class

per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available

The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be

offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social

distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available

The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a

weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom

Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change

Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be

picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will

be provided to students at all schools

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Special Education Supports

In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with

general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)

paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education

services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they

occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school

closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP

services

The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our

students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities

and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services

Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote

opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive

substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that

participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive

support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services

will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the

instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing

requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter

classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be

held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue

to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations

Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much

in-person instruction as is safely possible

Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to

evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of

performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression

post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP

document if necessary

In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations

Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we

further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts

Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the

most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person

instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE

recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction

Students with multiple disabilities

Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their

successful reentry to school in the fall

Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low

If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person

instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As

always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of

students and families especially within the remote learning environment

A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as

SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person

instruction

In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote

learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online

platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist

and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place

Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as

dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect

in-person instruction

Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day

supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students

remote asynchronous support

Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas

IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a

building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians

Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing

in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents

staff and the Board of Health guidelines

Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information

will be shared as soon as it is available

In-Person Services vs Remote Services

In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate

the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational

Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest

and most appropriate

To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to

provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in

the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All

Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of

teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)

Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and

equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided

Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous

teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be

delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed

to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the

ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person

and teletherapies as required

Districtwide Special Education Programs

The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific

learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be

invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided

via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure

the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible

The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based

learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities

however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some

mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas

Middle School at this time

The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or

other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation

perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may

or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four

buildings across the district at the time

The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental

delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The

students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in

language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The

STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches

(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is

located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time

The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent

living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services

ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of

the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible

including securing competitive integrated employment

Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program

The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many

cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special

education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their

IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy

Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when

children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see

the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of

preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while

keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional

learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning

activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If

another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and

safe in-person instruction

REOPENING PLANS

PRIMARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the

social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a

variety of resources

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Primary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival

830-915

Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 15: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of

all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times

FOOD SERVICES

The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning

remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students

The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the

cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing

with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the

classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style

All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day

Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class

per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available

The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be

offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social

distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available

The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a

weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom

Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change

Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be

picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will

be provided to students at all schools

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Special Education Supports

In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with

general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)

paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education

services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they

occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school

closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP

services

The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our

students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities

and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services

Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote

opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive

substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that

participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive

support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services

will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the

instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing

requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter

classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be

held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue

to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations

Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much

in-person instruction as is safely possible

Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to

evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of

performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression

post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP

document if necessary

In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations

Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we

further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts

Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the

most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person

instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE

recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction

Students with multiple disabilities

Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their

successful reentry to school in the fall

Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low

If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person

instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As

always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of

students and families especially within the remote learning environment

A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as

SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person

instruction

In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote

learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online

platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist

and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place

Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as

dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect

in-person instruction

Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day

supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students

remote asynchronous support

Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas

IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a

building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians

Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing

in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents

staff and the Board of Health guidelines

Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information

will be shared as soon as it is available

In-Person Services vs Remote Services

In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate

the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational

Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest

and most appropriate

To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to

provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in

the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All

Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of

teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)

Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and

equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided

Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous

teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be

delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed

to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the

ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person

and teletherapies as required

Districtwide Special Education Programs

The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific

learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be

invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided

via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure

the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible

The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based

learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities

however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some

mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas

Middle School at this time

The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or

other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation

perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may

or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four

buildings across the district at the time

The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental

delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The

students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in

language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The

STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches

(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is

located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time

The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent

living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services

ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of

the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible

including securing competitive integrated employment

Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program

The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many

cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special

education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their

IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy

Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when

children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see

the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of

preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while

keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional

learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning

activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If

another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and

safe in-person instruction

REOPENING PLANS

PRIMARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the

social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a

variety of resources

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Primary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival

830-915

Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 16: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our

students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities

and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services

Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote

opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive

substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that

participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive

support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services

will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the

instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing

requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter

classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be

held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue

to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations

Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much

in-person instruction as is safely possible

Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to

evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of

performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression

post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP

document if necessary

In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations

Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we

further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts

Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the

most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person

instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE

recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction

Students with multiple disabilities

Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their

successful reentry to school in the fall

Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low

If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person

instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As

always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of

students and families especially within the remote learning environment

A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as

SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person

instruction

In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote

learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online

platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist

and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place

Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as

dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect

in-person instruction

Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day

supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students

remote asynchronous support

Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas

IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a

building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians

Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing

in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents

staff and the Board of Health guidelines

Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information

will be shared as soon as it is available

In-Person Services vs Remote Services

In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate

the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational

Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest

and most appropriate

To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to

provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in

the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All

Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of

teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)

Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and

equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided

Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous

teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be

delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed

to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the

ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person

and teletherapies as required

Districtwide Special Education Programs

The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific

learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be

invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided

via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure

the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible

The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based

learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities

however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some

mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas

Middle School at this time

The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or

other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation

perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may

or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four

buildings across the district at the time

The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental

delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The

students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in

language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The

STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches

(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is

located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time

The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent

living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services

ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of

the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible

including securing competitive integrated employment

Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program

The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many

cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special

education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their

IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy

Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when

children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see

the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of

preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while

keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional

learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning

activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If

another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and

safe in-person instruction

REOPENING PLANS

PRIMARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the

social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a

variety of resources

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Primary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival

830-915

Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 17: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as

SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person

instruction

In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote

learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online

platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist

and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place

Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as

dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect

in-person instruction

Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day

supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students

remote asynchronous support

Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas

IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a

building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians

Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing

in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents

staff and the Board of Health guidelines

Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information

will be shared as soon as it is available

In-Person Services vs Remote Services

In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate

the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational

Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and

Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest

and most appropriate

To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to

provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in

the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All

Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of

teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)

Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and

equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided

Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous

teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be

delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed

to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the

ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person

and teletherapies as required

Districtwide Special Education Programs

The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific

learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be

invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided

via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure

the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible

The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based

learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities

however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some

mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas

Middle School at this time

The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or

other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation

perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may

or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four

buildings across the district at the time

The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental

delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The

students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in

language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The

STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches

(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is

located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time

The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent

living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services

ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of

the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible

including securing competitive integrated employment

Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program

The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many

cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special

education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their

IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy

Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when

children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see

the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of

preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while

keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional

learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning

activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If

another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and

safe in-person instruction

REOPENING PLANS

PRIMARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the

social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a

variety of resources

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Primary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival

830-915

Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 18: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed

to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the

ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person

and teletherapies as required

Districtwide Special Education Programs

The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific

learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be

invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided

via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure

the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible

The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based

learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities

however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some

mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas

Middle School at this time

The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or

other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation

perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may

or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four

buildings across the district at the time

The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental

delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The

students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in

language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The

STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches

(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is

located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time

The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent

living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services

ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of

the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible

including securing competitive integrated employment

Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program

The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many

cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special

education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their

IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy

Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when

children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see

the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of

preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while

keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional

learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning

activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If

another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and

safe in-person instruction

REOPENING PLANS

PRIMARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the

social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a

variety of resources

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Primary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival

830-915

Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 19: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their

IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy

Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when

children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see

the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of

preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while

keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional

learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning

activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If

another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and

safe in-person instruction

REOPENING PLANS

PRIMARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the

social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a

variety of resources

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Primary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival

830-915

Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 20: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

Encourage to wear

masks

915-930 MovementBathroom

Break

In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos

for movement while

1-2 students use the

bathrooms hand

sanitize before

exiting room wash

hands in bathroom

sanitize when

returning

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

930-1130

Reading Fundations

Writing Integrate

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Lunch

K 1130-1200

Gr 1 1205-1235

30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Masks off

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 21: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

Recess

K 1100-1130

Gr 1 1130-1200

30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music

PE or Library Class

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

K 100-150 when Possible room

Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Instructional

Block

K 1200-100

150-240

Gr 1 1235-150

Math

ScienceSocial Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 22: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

Dismissal

245-255

Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp exiting

room

Maintain 6ft

distancing

Encourage to wear

masks

Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

HYBRID LEARNING

Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an

emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above

with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students

Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 23: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content introduced

ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment

915-930 Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds

ST Math

Google classroom ST Math

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 24: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family

and coordinate a plan for success

All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded

Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible

REMOTE LEARNING

Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 25: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

Morning Morning Meeting Calendar

Social Emotional Needs

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

830-900

Reinforce old content

ELAMath

Some new content

introduced ELAMath

platform (Google Classroom

Spelling City ST Math

Mystery Science etc)

Teachers would send home

packets with materials and

assignments to be returned

the following week

iPads could be signed out if

needed on an individual basis

and will be returned the

following week

900-1030 ELA Block

Zoom Meeting

Fundations Phonics program

Reading Wonders daily skill

writing sight words Spelling

City 900-915 Google Classroom

assignment

915-930

Zoom 4 small groups

930-1030

Mid Morning

1030- 1100

Read Alouds Live video instruction led by

classroom teacher

Lunch

1130-1200

Break On Own

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 26: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social

Studies Block

Zoom Meeting

Self-paced teacher created

assignments using an online

platform (Google Classroom

ST Math Mystery Science 100-115

Math assignment etc)

115-145 Specialists will provide

145-200

Art Gym Music Library Block

Zoom Meeting

activities via google

classroom

200-215

Science hands-on activity Special services will provide

215-230

Special services will be

provided

live video instruction

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction

students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform

(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)

Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid

Possible Preschool Cohort Model

Current number of students

MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm

34 26 40 21

Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 27: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them

MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras

Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt

Possible schedule

830-845 arrive unpack attendance

845- 915 Activity 1

915 -920 Movement to next activity

920-950 Activity 2

950-955 Movement to next activity

955-1025 Activity 3

1025-1030 Movement to next activity

1030-1100 Activity 4

1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch

Afternoon

1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students

1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 28: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these

130-220

There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras

There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement

220-230 Get ready for dismissal

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to

reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the

social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support

team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for

additional support

Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at

school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to

parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses

how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly

Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 29: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

Block Content Location Safety

Arrival Unpack Morning

Work Morning

Meeting

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Morning

Instructional

Block

Math amp Social

Studies

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Related Arts 50 Minute Art

Music PE or Library

Class in the Morning

In Classroom PE will

use Gym and Outside

when Possible

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before

amp after eating

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Masks off

Recess 30 Minutes in

Afternoon

Outside when

Possible In

Classroom when Not

Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 30: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

No equipment

brought out to recess

Afternoon

Instructional

Block

English Language

Arts amp Science

In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks except

during mask breaks

every 60 minutes

Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon

entering amp leaving

room

Maintain 3rsquo

distancing

Wear masks

Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26

students

Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule

Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each

week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3

classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be

responsible for the remote learning component

Cohort A ndash In Person Learning

Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class

sizes

Cohort B ndash Remote Learning

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 31: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction

Math Lesson

930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130 Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200 Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 32: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule

Block Content Format

830-930 Morning Meeting

Math Lesson Live video instruction

930-1020 Related Arts

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1020-1130

Students work

independently

Teacher meets with students

in small groups (20 minutes

each)

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own

1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction

100-200

Continuation of morning

small groups and

independent work time

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson

Teacher created assignments

using an online platform

Live video instruction

230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 33: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes

of independent work time each day

Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced

online learning platform

Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and

will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students

will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success

MIDDLE SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to

re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by

making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for

their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a

threat to their health and safety

We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students

Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when

available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically

and emotionally

Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create

scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians

SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the

ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the

Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports

to students that are struggle in our community

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific

questions it is best to contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

Spacing

Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will

occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 34: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four

years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus

on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and

STEM

Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft

spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be

assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades

groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across

the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured

appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move

into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for

teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work

projects independent reading or writing

Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a

revised bell schedule

Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available

and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the

auditorium

One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and

ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal

Lunch will be held in cohorts room area

Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time

Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas

Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between

the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few

yards of the main and nurses office

HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE

Cohort A

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 35: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space

840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space

935-1030 Specials Classroom

1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside

1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

Cohort B

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link

745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created

assignments using an online platforms Video instruction

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8

Teacher created assignments using an

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 36: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction

REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a

construct for Remote Schedule)

This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make

significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work

Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to

resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the

academic social and emotional needs of each student

DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously

in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication

with parentSguardians on academic progress)

Block Content Format

725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link

745-840 ELA Video Link

840-935 Math Video Link

935-1030 Specials Video Link

1030-1125 Science Video Link

1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent

1205-100 Social Studies Video Link

100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 37: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)

HIGH SCHOOL

SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS

Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to

COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss

of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and

career readiness and study skills

Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be

coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group

sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a

school counselor or school-based community counselors

A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be

developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons

PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS

Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in

the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically

absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to

contact the school directly

IN-PERSON LEARNING

ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal

STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 38: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher

will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those

symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no

and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who

exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

HYBRID LEARNING

Schedule

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 39: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each

cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning

component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days

Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule

A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions

Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule

Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then

switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This

minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their

students twice per week

Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block

Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory

Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements

1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258

1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block

PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2

Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as

directed by DESE

PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous

classes

Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of

courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as

Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on

Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 40: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home

FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class

STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class

Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways

Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students

Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table

Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor

Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived

COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office

Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch

Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 41: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms

of COVID will be isolated in room C110

Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home

from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school

The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of

the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo

Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced

online platform such as Edgenuity

Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute

teacher monitoring student behavior

REMOTE LEARNING

Schedule

The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass

periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club

meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master

schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between

Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule

Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block

930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring

1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block

1215-1245 Lunch Lunch

1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block

Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with

the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will

track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements

and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate

On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons

check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an

Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 42: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign

up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help

test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run

during this time

The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or

Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to

access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and

asynchronous independent or small group work

Academic Support

Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education

teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have

supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with

Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans

Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year

shut down

STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to

be established

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE

Page 43: DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/UserFiles/Servers/Server_132741/File... · I will continue to update you on a regular basis, make adjustments as we get more guidance

YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS

At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2

hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which

model they would prefer

DISCLAIMER

The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached

schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE